Home

Technical Documentation Template

1. TributaryTo Text 255 No No FormerAdministrativeStatus Text 255 StatusUnderRegulation Text 255 No No PeriodofClosure Text 255 No No recordnumber Numeric 4 Yes Yes LocatedInDrainage Text 50 No No LocallyModified Boolean 1 No Locally modified or created Table tmp FishDistComplete Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table contains the Fish Distribution data from the FishDist table but formatted in such a way that the report may easily read it Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments DrainageName Text Iso No No Species Text 0 No No Known Text 6 No No 207 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 Presumed Text 6 No No Potential Text 6 No No Artificial Text 6 No LocallyModified Boolean No No Locally modified or created Table tmp Report303d Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table holds data regarding listed water bodies copied from the 303d table This table contains only the 303 d data that falls within the boundaries of the drainages being reported on where the 303d table contains all 303 d data Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments wType Text 50 No No LocallyModified
2. 5 Building To compile the Best Management Practices Tool add the files below to a Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 Visual Basic NET Library Project mwBestManagementPractices project files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET BestManagementPractice vb Implements MapWindow Plugin and the DSS Interface routines allowing the Best Management 54 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 Practices Tool to act as a MapWindow Plugin and a DSS element ChangeDatabase ico An icon used for the Change Database button on the toolbar DBClient vb Contains the routines used to connect to a database and store the best management practices created Delete ico An icon used for the Delete BMP button on the toolbar Edit ico An icon used for the Edit BMP button on the toolbar frmConfiguration vb Contains the routines used to select a best management practices database frmCreateBMP vb Allows the user to create best management practices for specified drainages frmEditDefaultParameters vb Allows the user to edit default bmp parameters in the database THIS HAS BEEN DISABLED IN THE CODE TO AVOID DATA CORRUPTION frmOpenScenarioBMPs vb Allows the user to select a previous set of BMPs for a specified sce
3. 4 Inputs Outputs and Parameters Before we can discuss how to implement inputs outputs and parameters it is very important to understand the difference between them and how the Model Manager handles each of them Inputs and outputs are text strings that are stored in the DSS database using a key value The text string can be the path to a file that used by the model while executing This way when the model runs it can request an input from the database using its Key for example the DSS return to the model the string value in the database stored with the Key identifier In the example it would probably return a file path to the land cover grid Inputs are also stored with a scenario ID For the raw data sets the scenario ID is 0 However when model runs it can add a new record to the inputs and outputs table identifying the output data and associating a scenario number with it This is best illustrated with an example Say that your scenario has a land cover data changer followed by a model that uses a land cover grid as an input When the scenario executes the land cover data changer is invoked This data changer requests data from the DSS database stored with the key LANDCOVER The DSS knows that we are in the middle of a scenario run for example 36 When the land cover changer requests the LANDCOVER data set the DSS looks in the table for an entry with the key LANDCOVER and the scena
4. MOD MOD SD SF SOE Smo Smo Smo Smo FILES NsrcNcondensedll f95 COMPILE 1 95 fi C ol LST DLL W g trac ml 1f95 nvsw O SD SF 0E MOD mo TPP OBJDIR NsrcN MODULE src AND FILES NsrcNStringFunctions f95 COMPILE 01f95 fi C ol LST DLL W g trac ml 1f95 nvsw O SD SF OE MOD mo OBJDIR src MODULE src AND FILES src DateSubMod 95 COMPILE 01f95 fi C ol LST DLL W g trac ml 1f95 nvsw O SD SF 0E MOD mo LBB OBJDIR NsrcN OBJEXT 0bj MODULE sre LINK 1f 95 nooksackmodel wqlink_c5Sn rsp lst 1 xe Sex nvsw dll ml 1f95 Qual2EU lf95 imp TARGET c NNooksackModelNWQLibs c dll 251
5. Merge Modules explanation of these component will follow in this document AddFlow Flowchart Components AddFlow msm DBMS Administrative Edition DBMSAdmin msm Gigasoft Proessentials Charting Components Gigasoft msm MapWindow 3 1 MapWindow3 1 msm Model Manager Model Manager msm Model Manager Elements ModelManagerElements msm Macroinvertibrate Data Viewer MIV Viewer msm Physical Habitat Simulation 1D Viewer PHabSiml DViewer msm Physical Habitat Simulation 2D Viewer PS2DViewer msm Photo Viewer mwPhotoViewer msm Time Series Data Analyst mwTimeSeries msm Watershed Characterization Report mwWatershedChar msm Well Log Data Viewer mwWellviewer msm Crystal Reports 8 5 Runtime Components CrystalReports85 msm Crystal Reports NET Data Access Crystal Database Access2003 msm Crystal Reports NET English Crystal Database Access2003 enu msm Crystal Reports NET Managed Code Crystal Managed2003 msm Seagate Crystal Reports Keycode Manager Crystal regwiz2003 msm Data Access Objects 3 60 DAO360 msm Distributed Component Object Model 95 DCOM95 msm Microsoft Foundations Classes 6 0 Libraries MFC42 msm Microsoft C Runtime Library 6 0 MSVCRT msm Microsoft C Runtime Library 6 0 MSVCP60 msm Microsoft Chart Control 6 0 MSCHRT20 MSM Microsoft Chart VB Control VB Control mschart X86 msm Microsoft Common Dialog Control 6 0 COMDLG32 msm Microsoft Component Category Manager Library COMCAT m
6. This will provide administration tools which make management of the databases much easier InstallShield Express 3 5 with Service Pack 4 or better Components Microsoft Common Controls 6 0 Microsoft Common Controls 2 6 0 58 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 Microsoft Common Controls 3 6 0 Microsoft FlexGrid Control 6 0 Fish Periodicity Lifestage Plotter Control USU Microsoft SQL DMO Data Object Other parts of the DBMS LaunchPad Suite described in section 4 The DBMS LaunchPad itself DBMS Server Windows Service DBMS Server Configuration Editor DBMS Update Assistant LaunchPad Product Updater 3 Setup DBMS Server The DBMS Server is a windows service This needs to first be configured with the DBMS Server configuration tool First set the root path for GIS data this is the directory containing the GIS data for which updates need to be propagated Also set the administrator s e mail address and a mail server which may be used to send mail and set the interval between data reindexes This interval should be often enough to capture data changes but not more than every half hour When complete save this configuration file to a location you ll remember Next install the DBMS Ser
7. 843 844 845 846 AxInterop PEGOALib dll NET wrapper for Gigasoft Proessentials AxInterop PEPCOALib dll NET wrapper for Gigasoft Proessentials AxInterop PESGOALib dll NET wrapper for Gigasoft Proessentials Interop MapWinGIS dll NET wrapper for MapWinGIS component Interop MSChart20Lib dll NET wrapper for Chart Control Interop MSComCtl2 dll NET wrapper for Common Controls Interop MSFlexGridLib dll NET wrapper for MS Flexgrid Control Interop PE3DOALib dll NET wrapper for Gigasoft Proessentials Interop PEGOALib dll NET wrapper for Gigasoft Proessentials Interop PEPCOALib dll NET wrapper for Gigasoft Proessentials Interop PESGOALib dll NET wrapper for Gigasoft Proessentials LifestagePlotter dll Fish Periodicity Lifestage plot control LifestagePlotter pdb Debug database for above control mwWatershedChar chm Help document for Watershed Characterization mwWatershedChar dll Watershed CharacterizationReport Generator Plugin mwWatershedChar pdb Debug database for above DLL ReportViewer exe Watershed Characterization Report Viewer stub ReportViewer pdb Debug database for above EXE rptViewerPass dat Data file for communication between report plugin and EXE Mschrt20 msm Microsoft Chart component merge module Mscomct2 msm Microsoft Common Controls 2 merge module Msdatasrc dll Microsoft DataSource control Msflxgrd msm Microsoft Flexgrid Control merge module Sqldmo dll Microsoft SQL Server Distributed Management Object Well Log Data Vie
8. AddFlow Flowchart Components AddFlow msm installation AddFlow Merge Module AddFlow AddFlow sIn This is a merge module built with Visual Studio to provide the AddFlow components which are used by the Model Manager All of the files in this merge module are installed to the Windows System directory usually c windows system32 Files Included ADDFLOW3 LIC The file storing the USU AddFlow component license AddFlow3 ocx The actual ActiveX AddFlow component Mfc42 msm Microsoft Foundations Classes 4 2 an AddFlow dependency Msvcrt msm Microsoft Visual C Runtime Library an AddFlow dependency Oleaut32 msm OLE Automation libraries an AddFlow dependency DBMS Standard Edition DBMSStandard msm installation DBMS Merge Module DBMSStandard DBMSStandard sIn InstallShield Wrapper at installation DBMS DBMSStandard ise This is a merge module built with Visual Studio to provide the standard edition of the DBMS LaunchPad This is the Standard edition meaning it does not allow remote data editing or LaunchPad reconfiguration All of the files in this merge module are installed to C Program Files LaunchPad Files Included Adodb dll Used for database access Active Data Object axinterop mscomctl2 dll NET wrapper for ActiveX component mscomctl2 axinterop msflexgridlib dll NET wrapper for ActiveX component MSFlexGrid crystal database Access 2003 msm Crystal Reports Database Libraries CrystalDecisions CrystalReports Engine dll Crystal
9. Agency Code Descriptions Agency ID Agency Code Agency Description Parameter Code Descriptions Parameter Code Parameter Name GroupS tations Key Group_ID Station NoteID Station Notes WOData Station Agency_Code Date Parameter_Code Value 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 2 Data Needs There are three types of data required for the Time Series Analyst a connection name a database type and a database There are also two Optional types of data that can be specified a point shapefile and a custom Icon Required Connection Name this is the name of the Time Series Analyst Connection Database Type this is the type of database that you are connecting to IE Access or SQL Server Database this is the database of Time Series Data This database needs to be organized as described in Section 1 Table Design Optional e Point Shapefile this shapefile needs to be in the same projection as the other shapefiles in your project It contains the point locations of where each of the Stations are located There needs to be a field containing the Station ID in this shapefile This file will have a tag that will be associated with it by the plug in WQGAGESIFieldID C
10. Long Integer Number of return flows associated with user ReturnFlow Units Long Integer ReturnFlowUnits 1 FracFlow 2 FracMinDemand 3 Volume ReturnFlowAmtl Double Amount of first return flow fraction or volume Units are m day if ReturnFlowUnits 3 volume ReturnFlowTypel Long Integer Type of return flow 1 Surface Water 2 Ground Water 3 Reservoir ReturnFlowLocn1 Long Integer WRIAI drainage ID of drainage where first return flow occurs Specifying 0 means the drainage associated with the user producing this return flow ReturnFlowWWTPID1 Long Integer Identifier of wastewater treatment plant WWTP if return flow is treated ReturnFlowAmt2 Double Amount of second return flow fraction or volume Units are m day if ReturnFlowUnits 3 volume ReturnFlowType2 Long Integer Type of return flow 1 Surface Water 2 Ground Water 3 Reservoir ReturnFlowLocn2 Long Integer WRIAI drainage ID of drainage where second return flow occurs Specifying 0 means the drainage associated with the user producing this return flow ReturnFlowWWTPID2 Long Integer Identifier of wastewater treatment plant WWTP if return flow is treated Table Rights Provides information on water rights to water management model Field Name Data Type Description RightID Long Integer Water Rights Identifier matches RightID
11. new Class Library 2 02 24 4 0 00 120 Figure eei s du eis 120 Figure 3 Add Reference dialog siste i ete tte eee ee sea e ea PEDE shoves 121 Figure 4 Dual 1miplementatiOn eise err 122 Figure 5 Adding parameters dialog Lua oe ee 125 Figure 6 Completed parameters page layout seen 125 Figure 7 Validation EUnellomn isses i Cea at taire vi qtd eet aceasta 126 Figure 8 Parameter access totu qiiae 127 Figure 8 Show Dialog furiCtOl ceo rara iad ede 128 Figure 8 Declaration of model variables eiue rte ttt 129 Figure 9 Execute functioni one 130 Figure 10 Results SuBImalby Uere date 130 118 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 1 Introduction In this tutorial paper I will discuss how to create DSS model plug in The model plug in can be written in any language that supports COM For this tutorial I will give examples in Visual Basic net VB net because I think that VB net illustrates the concepts required to create the plug in more clearly than the other popular
12. Direct 1 0 Type Library DirectAnimation Library DMM 1 0 Type Library Docutil 1 0 Type Library dsdmoprp 1 0 Type Library DSS Interface Definitions 1 0 dtcint 1 0 Type Library DTCServ 1 0 Type Library 1 0 Tyne ihrary Selected Components Map WinInterfaces dll Figure 3 Add Reference dialog DirectShowStream 1 0 Type Li DirectX 7 For Visual Basic Type DirectX 8 For Visual Basic Type Trees eed ede au er eda 2oOoo0o0ocoooooooo File componentName CAWINDOWSISystem321dx3 CAWINDOWS System32 dan C WINDOWS System32 ams CAWINDOWSISystem32ldx7 C WINDOWS System32 dx8 Ci PROGRA 1 COMMON 14 C Program Files Common Fil CAWINDOWSISystem32dsd cideviDSsipssIntfciRelease C Program Files Microsoft Vi C Program Files Microsoft Vi C iProoram FilesiMicrnsnft C dev Installmage v3 0 MapWinInterFaces dll Remove 121 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 3 Implement Interface s In order for the Model Manager to recognize your program as a model you must implement the IDssModel interface located in the DssIntfcLib namespace If you are not sure what this means then perhaps it would be a good time to look up the I
13. NOVQDEFCFS Float B No No November DECQDEFCFS Float 8 No No December ANNQDEFCFS Float 8 No Annual LocallyModified Boolean h No No Locally modified or created Table Parameter Code Descriptions Description Describes type of sample e g temperature fecal coliform etc Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Parameter Code Numeric lis No No Parameter Name Text 255 No No Class Text 50 No Common Name 50 No No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created 228 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 Table QAQC Code Descriptions Description Quality Assurance Quality Check Methods used to collect data by QAQC code Not used by WRIA Report Generator Field Type Size Key Field e Key Comments Code Text 50 No Description Text 150 No No LocallyModified Boolean h No No Locally modified or created Table Source Database Descriptions Description Full data source descriptions for each source database Not used by WRIA Report Generator Field Type Size Key Field d Key Comments Source Database 50 No Description Text 255 No No Source Contact Text 50 No No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Table Stations Description Station information e g location lat long subbasin etc for each station number Field Type Size Key Field
14. No of orrtha this section appears in Crystal section numbers of sections in report that need to be sectionsOfSubreport Text 10 No shown SOHO ik Ce HIIS section If all sections in the report file are to be displayed place 1 here Section number of any required heading e g if section 1 1 is requiredHeadingSectionNo Numeric 4 No displayed then section 1 1 requires the section that has the 1 0 label May be null if desired Crystal Report name of the report requiredHeadingSubreport Text 75 No No where the required heading section occurs 206 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 be null if desired LocallyModified Boolean No Locally modified or created Table ShellFishbyDrainage Description Contains a text block of data regarding shellfish harvesting activities for a given drainage Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments DrainName Text 255 Yes No ShellFish Text 255 No recordnumber Numeric 4 Yes Yes LocallyModified Boolean 1 Locally modified or created Table StreamClosures Description Contains closure status and closure period information for a given source and tributary Includes a LocatedInDrainage field that s used to select this data from the report Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments SourceName Text 255
15. Weightl and Weight2 in the ShowDialog method These are declared at the top of the model class along with the values from 128 3094 the inputs that will be used during the model execution Notice that there are provisions 3095 provided for default values This is recommended so that the output is at predictable and useful 3096 the case that the user does not actually change the values through the parameters dialog 3097 3098 3099 3100 Private m Weightl As Doubl Private m Weight2 As Doubl Private m Valuel As Double Private m Value2 As Double 3101 Private m Summary As String 3102 3103 Figure 8 Declaration of model variables 3104 3105 So far we have created the model class implemented the IDssModel interface created the 3106 parameters page filled in the implementation of ShowDialog and handled parameters to and 3107 from the Model Manager We still need to handle inputs outputs summary reports and the 3108 actual execution of the model 3109 3110 Inputs are stored in the DSSData mdb database The Model Manager will provide the inputs you 3111 request as long as they exist in the database The most common place to work with inputs is in 3112 the Execute function Figure 9 contains the code in the Execute function of the sample model 3113 Notice that there are several parameters that were not used in this example 3114 3115 TimeStep The TimeStep parameter is used when a loop node is utilized on
16. frmCommentAdder vb Displays the Comment form that is used to add comments to a photo or a location if using Database Design 1 see Section 1 Table Design for a description frmCommentViewer vb Displays the Comments available from the database for the current location or photo if using Database Design 1 see Section 1 Table Design for a description frmDBConnection vb Displays the Connection form so the user can select the type of data view the shapefile photo location and database frmLocationAdder vb Displays the form that is used to add a new location to the shapefile through the Photo Viewer frmPhotoAdder vb Displays the form to add a photo to the current location frmPhotoViewer vb Displays the Photo Viewer form for Database Design 1 see Section 1 Table Design for a description frmPluginKey vb A form to enter a Plug in Key so that the user can specify or edit the connection settings NOTE This form is no longer being shown but is being left in the project frmSelectLayer vb Displays the form to select the associated point shapefile with the Photo Viewer plug in It allows the user to either select a shapefile already loaded into Map Window or to select one from disk frmViewer2 vb Displays the Photo Viewer form for Database Design 2 see Section 1 Table Designs for a description globalFunctions vb This module contains functions used throughout the project for accessing t
17. 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 2 Input Daily Flow Database Table Design and Data Needs Following is a list of tables that must be included with the Input Daily Flow Database Other tables and information may exist but these tables must follow the described naming conventions spelling and cases and types for each table and its parameters Table Parameter Code Descriptions Description Contains the Code and Name for the available Parameters NOTE The Parameters correspond with the Scenario Runs from the Water Quantity Model Field Type Size Key Field on Comments Yes This is a unique ID or Code for each Parameter Long Duplicates Parameter It corresponds with the Code Integer OI Parameter Code Field in the WQData table Parameter Text 50 No No This is the Name of the Parameter Name For example ScenarioID_StreamFlow Table Stations Description Contains the ID and Name for the available Stations Field Type Size Key Field E Comments Yes This is a unique ID for each Station Station Text 50 Duplicates No corresponds with the Station Field in i OK WOQDoata table Station Name Text No No This is the Name for the Station Table WQData Description Contains the modeled Daily Stream Flow data from the Water Quantity Model Field Type Size Key Field Comments Yes This is the Station that this value Station
18. 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 212 273 274 275 276 277 278 219 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 Detailed Explanation of Installations and Merge Modules Here all of the installations and merge modules that are used within the WRIA 1 DSS installation package will be listed and explained For those components which were built at USU the contents of the merge module and the purpose of each file will be listed Components which were not built at USU i e Micosoft component merge modules will list only what that component is Be aware that some of the files in these merge modules may change slightly over time but the overall contents and purpose will remain the same WRIA 1 Final Deliverable Standard Edition Installshield Installation installation WRIA I Final Deliverable StandardWWRIA 1 Final Deliverable ise This is the main container for all components data and merge modules which need to be installed with the Nooksack DSS This InstallShield installation packages everything together and generates the set of install CDs to be distributed to end users This is the Standard edition of the installation which means that it includes the following components and objects Merge Modules explanation of these component will follow in this document AddFlow Flowchart Components AddFlow msm DBMS Standard Edition DBMSStandard
19. 255 No 18 Text 255 No 19 Text 255 No 20 Text 255 No 2 Text 055 No No 3 Text 55 4 Text 055 No No 5 Text 255 No No 6 Text 255 7 Text 55 8 Text 055 No No 9 Text 255 10 Text 255 No 21 Text 255 No 22 Text 255 No 23 Text 255 No 24 Text 255 No 25 Text 255 No 26 Text 255 No 27 255 No 28 Text 255 No 29 Text 255 No 30 Text 55 No No 31 Text 255 No 32 Text 255 No 33 Text 255 34 Text 255 No 35 Text 255 No No 36 Text 255 No No 37 Text 055 No No 38 Text 255 39 Text 255 No No 40 Text 255 No 210 41 Text 255 No 42 Text 255 No 43 Text 255 No 4 gm 055 o o 45 Text 255 No 46 Text 255 No 47 Text 055 No No 48 Text 255 No 49 Text 255 No 50 Text 255 No No 51 Text 255 No 52 Text 255 No 53 Text 055 No No Al Text 255 2 Text 255 No A3 Text 255 No 4 Text 255 No 5 Text 255 No A6 Text 255 No 7 Text 255 8 Text 255 No A9 Text 255 No 10 Text 255 No AII Text 255 No A12 Text 255 No A13 Text 255 No 14 Text 255 No 15 Text 255 No A16 Text 255 No A17 Text 255 No A18 Text 255 No A19 Text 255 No A20 Text 255 No A21 Text 255 No A
20. 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 2 Data Needs 136 There are three types of data needed for the Photo Viewer plug in It needs a point shapefile a folder location and a database Point Shapefile this needs to be in the same projection as the other shapefiles It contains the point locations of where the photos were taken This file will have a tag that will be associated with it by the plug in or project file Folder Location this is the location of all of the images that will be viewed using the Photo Viewer plug in Database this needs to be organized according to one of the database designs described in Section 1 Table Design The layer corresponding with the point shapefile stated above is marked with the tag PhotoViewerShpfl If the user removes the layer associated with tag without first closing the Photo Viewer plug in then the settings for the PhotoViewer will be reset and if the Project is then saved then the settings in the project file will be over written Depending on the type of Database structure the shapefile requires certain fields to be available Below are the field names and how they correlate to the database Required data layers and fields used from each 1 Design 1 the following field names need to be named this way exact
21. 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4 Setup Setup The LaunchPad utility also referred to as the DBMS utility may be used to prepare a computer to run the Watershed Characterization report This tool is described in the DBMS Technical Documentation The report generator also requires that the WRIA 1 DSS project file is loaded in MapWindow Details on this project file are given under section 3 above To launch the report generator click the Graph icon on the toolbar If the database is accessible and configured properly the Launch Report screen will appear where you may specify report options and begin generation If the database could not be found or was not configured a window will appear asking for the location of the database This could be a Microsoft SQL Server MSDE or access databases The database needs are as follows Database Description SQL Server DB Name Access Name databases may share physical files e g FlowDataWaterQuality mdb as described above Report Generator WRIAReportGenerator may be any mdb file database as described above Stream Flow database as FlowData may be any mdb file gt described above Water Quality database WaterQuality may be file gt 232 Customizations Customizations may be made to the report itself very easily most text sections may be edited via the DBMS utility Those tables which are not exposed through the DBM
22. Bumper tate per Ne a Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 2 half of April for the given fish node pair Brune 2 No Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of May for the given fish node pair ENG us Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 2 half of May for the given fish node pair Ambet o Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 1 half of June for the given fish node pair leger Ne E Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2 half of June for the given fish node pair Number Ne Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 1 half of July for the given fish node pair Ne iis Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 2 half of July for the given fish node pair umber NO Ng Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak j c 70 Periodicity Value for the 1 half of August for the given fish node pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 2 half of August for the given fish node pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 1 half of September for the given fish node Num
23. December ANNQNCFS Float au No No Annual JANQP Float 8 No No January FEBQP Float 8 No February MARQP Float 8 No March APRQP Float 8 No April Float 8 No May JUNQP Float B No No June JULQP Float 8 No July AUGQP Float 8 No No August SEPQP Float au No No September OCTQP Float No No October Float au No No November DECQP Float 8 December ANNQP Float 8 No No Annual JANQPCFS Float January FEBQPCFS Float 8 No February MARQPCFS Float 8 No March APRQPCFS Float 8 No April MAYQPCFS Float 8 No May JUNQPCFS Float 8 No June 226 JULQPCFS Float 8 No July AUGQPCFS Float No No August SEPQPCFS Float 8 September OCTQPCFS Float au No No October NOVQPCFS Float 8 November DECQPCFS Float No No December ANNQPCFS Float 8 No No Annual PCP JAN Float 8 No No January PCP FEB Float 8 February PCP MAR Float 8 No March PCP APR Float 8 No April MAY Float 8 No May PCP JUN Float 8 No No June PCP JUL Float 8 No July PCP AUG Float 8 August PCP SEP Float 8 September PCP OCT Float 8 No No October PCP NOV Float B November PCP DEC Float 8 December PCP ANN Float 8 No Annual JANWBERR Float 8 No No January Water Balance Error FEBWBERR Float B No No February Water Balance Error MARWBERR Fl
24. Software MapWindow 3 1 Visual Studio NET 2003 101 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 Modules and Components MapWindow Interfaces Microsoft Chart Control 6 0 SP4 OLEDB MSDATARC Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2003 4 Setup To begin using the Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer it must first be loaded into MapWindow Once it is loaded click on the bug icon located on the Map Window toolbar If the database associations as described in Section 2 Data Needs have been configured properly and the database is accessible then the Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer will appear allowing the user to select and view macroinvertebrate sample data If the data associations have not been properly set then a Connection Form will appear allowing you to type a path to or select the database Then after the database has been properly associated select the bug icon Ak from the Map Window toolbar and the viewer will appear allowing the user to view the collected data See the User s Manual for more information and details on associating the data with the Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer 5 Code Compiling Compiling the Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer is a fairly straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components discussed in Se
25. e Parameter Name Text 255 Class Text Common Name 50 No No Table QAQC Code Descriptions Description This table is not used by the Temperature and DO Flags Model and is blank Field Type Size Key Field fae Comments QAQC_Code Text 50 Yes No Duplicates Yes Description Text 150 No No Table Source_Database Descriptions Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Source Database Text 50 Yes No Duplicates Yes Description Text 255 Source Contact Text 50 170 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 Table Stations Description This table contains Station data for all Stations available to model Field Type Size Key Field a Comments Yes No Station Text 50 Duplicates Yes USU SubbasinText 50 No No Station Name Text 100 No No Location Text 200 No No Double Latitude Number CH AHHH No No Double Longitude Number 4 NHDID Text 50 on Duplicates 1 Wb Name Text 50 No No WRIAI Shed Text 50 No No Table WQData Field Type Size Key Field y Key Comments Tes This corresponds with the Station Best 259 d Mates Field in the Stations Table Yes This corresponds with Agency Code 255 Duplicates No gency Code Field in the OK Agency Code Descriptions Table Tme jyyyy 171 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 E Depth Number Double No Yes This
26. in User table Name Text Name of Water Right PriorityDate Date Time Priority date LegalDailyMax Double Maximum daily withdrawal in cubic meters per day LegalAnnMax Double Maximum annual withdrawal in cubic meters 157 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 Table SeasonsDefn Provides start and end day for seasons Field Name Data Type Description SeasonsDefnID Long Integer Unique identifier for a season definition record Name Text Name of Season Definition StartDaySeasonl Long Integer Day to start season 1 StartDaySeason2 Long Integer Day to start season 2 StartDaySeason3 Long Integer Day to start season 3 StartDaySeason4 Long Integer Day to start season 4 Table Source Provides information on user sources to the water management model Field Name Data Type Description SourceID Long Integer Unique ID Number Name Text Name of source Type Long Integer Surface Water 2 Ground Water 3 Reservoir SourceLocationID Long Integer Drainage ID or Reservoir ID PhysicalDailyMax Double Physical Limitation m day PhysicalAnnMax Double Physical Limitation m day Table SourceMixing Provides information about the apportioning of take between the sources that the users draw water from Field Name Data Type Description SourceMixingID Long Integer Source mixing index from User table Th
27. legendLeftSize Numeric 16 No No legendRightSize Numeric 16 No No LocallyModified Boolean 1 No No or created 2 9 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 Table tmp ReportTableOfContents Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This holds the table of contents data after it s been generated Group is the section name pagenumber is the page where the first page of the section appears and inOrd is an ordering indicator Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Group Text 100 PageNumber Text 0 No No inOrd Numeric LocallyModified Boolean No No Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportTemperature Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table holds the number of samples and average sample value for temperature at each sampling site taken from the WaterQuality database Field Type Field ES Comments numTempSamp Numeric 8 Number of Temperature Samples AveTempSamp Numeric 8 INe Average sample value for stationname Text No Station Name Name LocallyModified Boolean 1 Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportWaterRights Des
28. material codes when selecting inputting values into this field if it is set up correctly See below for a definition of the Lookup Values Pon Yes This is the soil type with the second Material2 Number Duplicates No highest concentration of all of the Integer 4 OK materials in the current soil section 238 This field is just like Materiall It is of type Number and corresponds to the CodeMaterial field values from the Material Codes table If there is not a valid value for this field it may be left empty This is a lookup field The user will see the material descriptions not the actual material codes when selecting inputting values into this field if it is set up correctly See below for a definition of the Lookup Values This is the soil type with the third highest concentration of all of the materials in the current soil section This field is just like Materiall and Material 2 It is of type Number and corresponds to the CodeMaterial field lH Yes values from the Material Codes table Material3 Number Duplicates If there is not a valid value for this field it may be left empty This is lookup field user will see the material descriptions not the actual material codes when selecting inputting values into this field if it is set up correctly See below for a definition of the Lookup Values This value is the starting depth of the current soil section This
29. similar to ReportFirstPage Stores miscellaneous data such as report generator version which periodicity dataset is in use what units are selected et cetera As the table has one row no keys are necessary Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments ReportGenVersion Text 50 No No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created PeriodicityDataset Text 25 FlowUnits Text 25 VolumeUnits Text 25 No No YearDisplay Text 25 DisplayCoastalData Boolean nh No No Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportSectionCommentary Description Gathers the section commentary data from the SecionCommentary table and formats them into the one row setup required for the report placing that row into tmp ReportSectionCommentary Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments LocallyModified Boolean No No Locally modified or created 100 Text 1024 No No 101 Text 1024 No No 102 Text 1024 No 103 Text 1024 104 Text 1024 No No 105 Text 1024 No No 106 Text 1024 107 Text 1024 No No 108 Text 1024 109 Text 1024 No No 110 Text 1024 111 Text 1024 No No 112 Text 1024 No No 216 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 113 Text 1024 No No 114 Text 1024 115 Text 1024 116 Text 1024 No No 117 Text 1024 No No 118 Text 1024 No 119 Text 1024
30. 2 Dependencies 2077 gt Software 2078 Integrated Development Environment IDE 2079 2080 3 Setup 2081 gt Setup 2082 gt Customizations 2083 2084 4 Building 2085 gt Code Compiling 2086 gt Installations 2087 90 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 1 GIS Data Needs The Land Cover Changer Tool makes changes to land cover grids supported by MapWindow These grids include ASCII grids asc and binary grids bgd The Land Cover Changer takes a grid as input and outputs a grid reflecting the changes selected by the user The Land Cover Changer Tool sets the tag of a land cover layer in MapWindow to the string value LANDCOVER 2 Dependencies The Land Cover Changer plug in requires the following software to be installed Software MapWindow 3 1 Visual Studio NET 2003 Complete Install 3 Setup WRIA 1_DSS Installation installs the Land Cover Changer Tool in the MapWindow Plugins folder This is usually located at C Program Files MapWindow Plugins ModelManager Elements 4 Building To compile the Land Cover Changer add the files below to a Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 Visual Basic NET Library Project mwChangeLandCover project files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Gene
31. 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2319 2520 252 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 5 Model Manger Elements Model Manager elements will need to implement the model interface This is a NET DLL interface very similar to the MapWindow interface A model manager element will compile to a DLL and assuming it properly implements the model interface and is placed inside the Elements folder located where the Model Manager DLL is located it will appear as an element inside the Model Manager It s useful to note that a model element can implement both the MapWindow plug in interface and the Model Manager interface at the same time Any other interface which is useful to implement may also be implemented If both MapWindow and Model Manager interfaces are implemented some functions will overlap such as Author BuildDate and Version If your programming language supports it you may have one function implement the function from both interfaces at the same time In VB NET this is accomplished by listing all desired functions to be implemented for example string Author implements DssIntfc IDssModel Author MapWinInterfaces Plugin Author Exact names of the interfaces may change slightly Model Interface is described below Model Manager Interface The following functions need to be implemented in any scenario e
32. 4 Weighted Usable Area WUA Data Needs It also contains a class for calculating the output WUA Flow values frmConfiguration vb frmConfiguration resx A Database Configuration form This form is shown when the user edits an Input or Output Database see Section 1 Input Habitat Database Table Design or Section 2 Input Daily Flow Database Table Design and Data Needs or Section 5 Output Database Table Design It allows the user to specify settings for an SQL Database the Server Address User ID and Password and Database Name or the Path for an Access Database The connection for the specified values can then be tested to make sure a valid database is specified To save the selected settings click on the Save Changes button to cancel the changed settings close the form with the Red X button at the top of the form This form will only be shown if the user decides to edit any of the Input or Output databases already associated with the Habitat Times Series model frmParameters vb frmParameters resx A form that allows the user to view and edit the set the Input and Output Parameters for the Habitat Time Series Model frmSelectLayer vb frmSelectLayer resx A form to select the Input Model Nodes point shapefile for the Habitat Time Series Model see Section 3 Input Model Nodes Shapefile Data Needs It allows the user to either select a shapefile already loaded into Map Window or to select one from disk This form w
33. 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 Table tmp Report wapNASBLG Description All tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table contains map related images scale bar legend The name comes from NorthArrowScaleBarLeGend before North Arrow was a static image on the report reportSwappedFor indicates the subreport the images have been saved for Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments scalebar Binary 2147483647 No filename Text 50 No No reportSwappedFor Text 50 No No scalebar size Numeric 16 No No legendLeft Binary 2147483647 No No legendRight Binary 2147483647 No legendLeftSize Numeric legendRightSize Numeric LocallyModified Boolean e LOGIE OF created Table tmp_ReportswapNASBLG2 Description All tmp_ tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table contains map related images such as scale bar and legends reportSwappedFor indicates the subreport the images have been saved for This is used rather than tmp_ReportSwapNASBLG in the case that more than one map appears in the same report Key Field Type Size Field Comments scalebar Binary 2147483647 filename Text reportSwappedFor Text 50 No No scalebar size Numeric 4 No No legendLeft Binary 2147483647 No legendRight Binary 2147483647 No No
34. Access components for ODBC data access DBMS Administrative Edition DBMSAdmin msm installation DBMS Merge Module DBMSAdmin DBMS Admin sIn InstallShield Wrapper at installation DBMS DBMSAdmin ise This is a merge module built with Visual Studio to provide the administrative edition of the DBMS LaunchPad This is the Administrative edition meaning it allows remote data editing and LaunchPad reconfiguration All of the files in this merge module are installed to C Program Files LaunchPad 12 Files Included Adodb dll Used for database access Active Data Object axinterop mscomctl2 dll NET wrapper for ActiveX component mscomctl2 axinterop msflexgridlib dll NET wrapper for ActiveX component MSFlexGrid crystal database Access 2003 msm Crystal Reports Database Libraries CrystalDecisions CrystalReports Engine dll Crystal Reports Core Engine CrystalDecisions ReportSource dll Crystal Reports Data Source Locator CrystalDecisions Shared dll Shared Libraries for Crystal Reports CrystalDecisions Windows Forms dll Form designer for Crystal Reports CrystalKeyCodeLib dll Registration Library for Crystal Reports Dotnetfxredist x86 enu msm Suppressed not installed NET Framework Dtspkg dll Used for database management DTS Distributed Transactions Interop DTS dll NET wrapper for Dtspkg dll Interop MSComCtl2 dll_ NET Wrapper for MSComCtl2 dll Interop MSFlexGridLib dll NET Wrapper for MSFlexGrid Interop SQLDMO dll NET Wrapper for SOLDMO c
35. Agency ID Number Integer No No Agency Code Text 50 Yes No Duplicates Yes Text 255 No No Contact 0 Table Comment Code Descriptions Description This table is not used by the Temperature and DO Flags Model and is blank Field Type Size Field Key Comments Comment_Code Text Yes No Duplicates Description Text 200 Table Data Code Descriptions Description This table is not used by the Temperature and DO Flags Model and is blank Field Type Size Key Field Primary Comments Data Code Text Yes No Duplicates Yes Description Text 255 No Table GroupNames Description This table is not used by the Temperature and DO Flags Model and is blank Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Group_ID Number Long Integer Yes Duplicates OK Group Name Text 50 No No 169 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 Table GroupStations Field Type Size Key Field oat Comments Yes Key ER Duplicate No The ID for the Group It Long es corresponds with the Group ID Number on e Group ID Field in the GroupNames table Station 50 No 0 Table Parameter Code Descriptions s Primar Field Type Size Key Field y Key Comments ba A unique ID for each Parameter Code Number Automatic decimal Yes d 3 Parameter places
36. Boolean h No No Locally modified or created wcrsNumber Text 50 No No Parameter Text 50 No No Medium Text 75 No No 303d Text 50 No No FirstListedYear Text 50 No No Basis Text 1024 No No Remarks Text 1024 No No ActionNeeded Text 50 No No wbid Text 50 No No wgclNumber Text 50 No No Table tmp_ReportClimate Description Table to hold summary information on climate data to report monthly average values of climate data used in the scenario simulation Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments JANavgval Float B No No January Average Value Febavgval Float No No February Average Value MARavgval Float B No No March Average Value APRavgval Float B No No April Average Value MA Yavgval Float No No May Average Value JUNavgval Float 8 No No June Average Value JULavgval Float No No July Average Value 208 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 SEPavgval Float September Average Value OCTavgval Float B No No October Average Value NOVavgval Float B No No November Average Value DECavgval Float B No No December Average Value station Text 75 Yes No Station ID parameter Number Climate Variable numobservations Number a No No Number of Observations period Text 75 Time period AUGavgval Float August Table tmp ReportColiform Description All tmp tables are us
37. De x NOTE Available Types AVI erial View PDF Photograph 41 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1 This is a description of the Media TW File Type Description Text 255 No No For Exumple Por AVI Description AVI Files Table tbIMeshFiles Description Contains the Base Meshfile and the compressed Flow and Species Files for a given Station NOTE This table and the files associated with this table are populated and created by the 2D Data Importer program Field Type Size Field Comments Eon Yes Mesh_ID AutoNumber Yes Integer Duplicates Station ID Number Flow ID Number Species ID Number Mesh Filename Text Eci Yes In RN Duplicates No SCT OK Lon Yes In ER Duplicates No 8 OK Lon e In 271 Duplicates No 5 OK 255 No No This is a unique ID for each Mesh File or Compressed File This is the ID for the Station that this Mesh File or Compressed File belongs to It corresponds with the Station ID Field in the tblStations table This is the ID for the Flow that this Mesh File or Compressed File belongs to It corresponds with the Flow ID Field in the tblFlows table NOTE This value is only used if this Mesh File is a Compressed Flow or Species File Otherwise it s value 0 This is the ID for the Species that this Mesh File or Compressed File belongs to It corresponds with the Species I
38. Descriptions QAQC Code Description Data Code Descriptions Data Code Description Source Database Descriptions Source Database Description Source Contact 173 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 5 Output Temperature Flags and Warnings Shapefile Data Needs The Temperature Flags and Warnings Shapefile must be the shapefile named Temp Flags Warnings shp Data is written to this shapefile whenever the Temperature and DO Flags Model is run Any existing data is erased from the database and the new model data is written This shapefile must contain the following fields Shape All data in this shapefile are Points Station This field contains the Station name for each Node This Field corresponds with the Station Shapefile Field in the Input Model Nodes Shapefile and the Station Field in the Stations table and with the Station Field in the WQData table for the Output Temperature DO Database Station na This fields contains the Drainage information for each Node UTMX This is the X value for the UTM coordinates for each Node UTMY This is the Y value for the UTM coordinates for each Node Site type This specifies the node type for example if the node is a USU Intensive site or a Mixing Node e
39. Domestic Municipal Use month Numeric 4 Month of year Table tmp reportZoning Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table stores the area of each zone in the selected drainages and the name of that zone Total area of the drainages for which zoning data is known is also stored Key Primary Field Type Field Key Comments area No gmeNameTex 50 000000000000 This is repeating data but storing it makes report totalarea Numeric 8 No No calculations much easier despite its deviance from normal forms 221 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 Table WaterSupplySystems Description Stores the name info and contact info for each water supply system along with the drainage where the supply system lives Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments SystemName Text 50 No No Water Supply System PopulationServed Numeric 8 Number of People served NumberConnections Numeric Number of connections ContactName Text 20 No No Water Supply Contact ContactAddr Text 30 No No Water Supply Address ContactCityStateZip Text 30 No No City State Zip ContactPhone Text No No Phone number Drainage Text s No No Drainage Name recordnumber Numeric No No Record number LocallyModified Boolean h No
40. EMC for BOD mg L EMC FC Text EMC for fecal coliform mg L Table Input Air Temperatures Field Name Data Type Description Date Date Time The date the temperature data was recorded AvgTemperature Double Average daily temperature at Abbotsford Canada in degrees C AirTempFlag Text Flag for average daily air temperatures from Abbotsford data Table Nodes Field Name Data Type Description DrainageID Long Integer WRIA 1 Drainage ID NodeID Long Integer ID of water quantity model nodes contained within the drainage 86 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Table Parameters Field Name Data Type Description DrainageID Long Integer WRIA 1 Drainage ID DrainageName Text Name of the WRIA 1 Drainage AreaAcres Double Area of the drainage in acres Areakm2 Double Area of the drainage in square kilometers StreamDOPercentSat Double Streamflow DO Percent Saturation Parameter Calibration Parameter SurfaceDOPercentSat Double Surface Flow DO Percent Saturation Parameter Calibration Parameter AirSoilSlope Double Slope of Air Temperature Surface Soil Temperature Relationship Calibration Parameter AirSoilIntercept Double Intercept of Air Temperature Surface Soil Temperature Relationship Calibration Parameter TStreamSlope Double Slope of linear relationship between air temperature and stream flow temperature Calibratio
41. No No 120 Text 1024 No No Table tmp ReportSocioeconomicData Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run Stores the number of employed population for each socioeconomic category Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments category Text 050 No No value Numeric 4 No No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created recordnumber Numeric 4 No No Table tmp_ReportSwapImages Description All tmp_ tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table contains the map images used throughout the report reportSwappedFor indicates the subreport for which this image was stored The addtnlData fields are used in the Stream Flow report and tell the report what stream segment drainage etc the flow graph was stored for Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments picturedata Binary 2147483647 No No size Numeric 4 No No filename Text 50 No No reportSwappedFor Text 50 No No addtnlData Text addtnldata2 Text LocallyModified Boolean 1 E created Sais ear addinidatad Tex 9 0 0 217 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 Table tmp ReportSwapImages2 Description All tables are used for inter
42. Numeric No No Period Text 50 No Years of Reference Text 50 No No DrainName Text 50 No No StreamName Text 50 No No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportFlowStationInfo Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table holds information regarding the flow data stations in the bounds of the reporting drainages summarized from the FlowData database Field Type Size v Comments Drainage Text 50 No No Streamname Text 50 No No Station Text 50 No No 214 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 StationName Text 50 No LocallyModified Boolean No No Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportingDrainages Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table stores a list of the drainage names that are being reported on used by the report to link to the tables which use Drainage or DrainName as a selector Key Primary Field Type Size Field Key Comments Drainage Text 50 No LocallyModified Boolean No Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportLandCover Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the re
43. Plugin and DSS Interface routines allowing the Lake Whatcom Model to act as a MapWindow Plugin and a DSS element Add the following references to the project DssIntfcLib dll MapWinGIS ocx MapWinlnterfaces dll mwBestManagementPractice dll System dll System Data dll System Drawing dll System Windows Forms dll System Xml dll You are now ready to compile the project by clicking the Build Solution menu option under the menu Build Lake Whatcom Waterbody Response Model project files File Name Purpose resenlwfpath f95 Lake Whatcom Waterbody Response Model Fortran 95 source file apifunctions f95 Library of file management routines through Windows API ConvertwsmodelOutputPath f95 Conversion of LWWLM output to binary format for Fortran model use mapi bat 1 95 resenlwfpath apifunctions f95 ConvertwsmodelOutputPath exe rp exe g trace ml winapi Fortran compiler script for creating LWWRM executable The rp exe file is built using the Lahey Professional Fortran compiler version 5 6 It has no additional dependencies The Lake Whatcom Water Quality Model is installed in all versions of the WRIA 1 DSS installation 89 2065 2066 Technical Documentation Land Cover Changer Tool 2067 2068 Last Revision Feb 21 2006 2069 2070 Table of Contents 2071 2072 1 GIS Data Needs 2073 gt Location of GIS Data 2074 gt Tags on Layers 2075 2076
44. PresenceOCT Numeric b No No PresenceNOV Numeric No No PresenceDEC Numeric b No No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created 201 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 Recordnumber Numeric presentInDrainage Boolean h No No segment Text 50 Yes No Table FishUtilizationRestoration Description Text blocks of data for each drainage describing fish utilization and any fish restoration priorities within that drainage Field Type Size d ut Comments UtilizationRestorationPriorities Text 2048 No No Drainage Text Es Yes No Recordnumber Numeric 42 Yes Yes LocallyModified Boolean 1 No No Locally modified or created Table Glossary Description This is the glossary appearing at the end of the report for each term a definition is provided The contents of this table are listed in alphabetic order in the glossary Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Term Text 75 Yes No Definition Text 350 LocallyModified Boolean h No No Locally modified or created recordnumber Numeric Table InstreamFlow Description Contains legally established and proposed Instream Flow requirements for the given stream segment which lies in the given drainage Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Drainage Text 5 Yes No StreamSegment Text 5 Yes No Legall
45. Reports Core Engine CrystalDecisions ReportSource dll Crystal Reports Data Source Locator CrystalDecisions Shared dll Shared Libraries for Crystal Reports CrystalDecisions Windows Forms dll Form designer for Crystal Reports CrystalKeyCodeLib dll Registration Library for Crystal Reports Dotnetfxredist x86 enu msm Suppressed not installed NET Framework Dtspkg dll Used for database management DTS Distributed Transactions Interop DTS dll NET wrapper for Dtspkg dll Interop MSComCtI2 dll NET Wrapper for MSComCtl2 dll Interop MSFlexGridLib dll NET Wrapper for MSFlexGrid Interop SQLDMO dll NET Wrapper for SOLDMO component LifestagePlotter dll NET Component for editing Fish Lifestage data Mscomct2 msm Microsoft Common Controls library used for animation controls Msflxgrd msm Microsoft FlexGrid control used for data editing interface SQLDMO dll SQL Distribted Management Object used to manage SQL Server 11 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 Stdole dll Standard OLE interface library DBMS conf DBMS Configuration File prebuilt for Nooksack DBMS exe DBMS Executable itself Standard Edition DBMS pdb DBMS Program Debug Library helpful for debugging purposes ICSharpCode SharpZipLib dll Compression library used to speed up network MDAC27ENU msm Data
46. Single No No This is the X value of the location of this cross sectional point Y Kiber Sinde ING No This is the Y value of the location of this cross sectional point 7 Single No No This is the Z value of the location of this cross sectional point Channel Number Single No No This is the Channel Index for this Index Cross sectional point 24 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 Table tblCrossSections Description Contains the Cross Section ID Thalweg and Stage Zero Flow SZF values for each Cross Section in the given Result Set NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Key Field Comments This is a unique ID for each Cross Section It corresponds with the XSecID Field in the tbICalibrationSets table the Long Yes tblCrossSectionPoints table the DBCode AutoNumber Interet No Yes tblResultsHabefQ1Q2 table the Duplicates tblResultsHabefSpeciesCompare table the tblResultsHabtae table the tblResultsVelocity table and the tblResultsWSL table This is the ID for the Result Set that this ResultID Number Long at licates Cross Section belongs to It Integer OR corresponds with the DBCode Field in the tbIResultSets table This is an ID for this Cross Section that Yes is unique for the given Result Set ID Number Single Duplicates No NOTE This value can be duplicated for OK each unique Result Set but it cannot be duplicated within the same Resul
47. Species 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 149 tblPeriodicitv tblPeriodicitv Master tbINodes PM ID NodeID Lifestage ID Node ID Tail Jan 2 Drainage ID Drai N Feb 1 rainage Nam Feb 2 Mar 1 Reach ID Mar 2 Apr_1 Apr 2 1 Periodicity ID Node ID Lifestage ID Jan 1 Jan 2 Feb 1 Feb 2 Mar 1 Mar 2 Apr 1 Apr 2 1 2 Jun 1 Jun 2 Jul 1 Jul 2 Aug 1 Aug 2 Sep 1 Sep 2 Oct 1 Oct 2 tblLifestages tblSpecies 2 Lifestage ID Jun 1 Species ID Species ID Jun 2 Species Name Lifestage Name Jul 1 Jul 2 Aug 1 Aug 2 Sep 1 Sep 2 Oct 1 Oct 2 Nov 1 Nov 1 Nov 2 Nov 2 Dec 1 1 2 2 Current Known Current Presumed tblDistribution Maste DM ID Node ID Lifestage ID Current Known Current Presumed Presumed Historic 3404 3405 2 Data Needs 3406 3407 There are two type of data needed for the Periodicity Viewer Editor a point shapefile 3408 and an Access Database 3409 e Point Shapefile this needs to be in the same projection as the other shapefiles in 3410 your project It contains the point locations of where each of the Nodes are 3411 located There needs to be field in this shapefile containing the Node ID values 3412 for each of the nodes 150 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440
48. Summarizer Tool summarizes the land cover types within each shape in a watershed shapefile using a land cover grid supported by MapWindow These grids include ASCII grids asc and binary grids bgd The Land Cover Summarizer takes a shapefile and a grid as input and outputs a list of land cover summaries for each shape in the shapefile 3 Dependencies The Land Cover Summarizer plug in requires the following software to be installed Software MapWindow 3 1 Visual Studio NET 2003 Complete Install 4 Setup WRIA 1 DSS Installation installs the Land Cover Summarizer Tool in the MapWindow Plugins folder This is usually located at C Program Files MapWindow Plugins ModelManager Elements 5 Building To compile the Land Cover Summarizer add the files below to a Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 Visual Basic NET Library Project Add the following references to the project DssIntfcLib dll MapWinGIS ocx MapWinlnterfaces dll Stdole dll 94 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 System dll System Data dll System Drawing dll System Windows Forms dll System Xml dll You are now ready to compile the project by clicking the Build Solution menu option under the menu Build LandCoverSummarizer project files File Name P
49. Text 50 No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created 203 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 Table LayerData MapTags Description Contains the project file tags for the layers going into each map as well as the order that the layer appears in inside that map Field Type Key Field Primary Key Comments Name of the map being Mapang T pe generated Plug in looks for this TAG Text J0 Yes No Project file tag of the layer going into the map OrderInMap Numeric l4 Order that the layer will appear in the e recordnumber Numeric Yes LocallyModified Boolean No modified or created Table MonthName Description Contains the number of each month and the textual name for lookup from reports Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments MonthNum Numeric MonthName Text 50 LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Table Overview Description Contains the Report Overview text that appears near the front of the report This table contains only one row of data Field Type Size Key Field M Key Overview Text 2147483647 No LocallyModified Boolean 1 e MOSHER CF created Table PredefinedAggregations Description Contains the name of the drainage and the shapeindex of that drainage in the Watershed Delineation shap
50. Viewer simply click the camera icon 1 on the toolbar If the data associations as described in Section 2 Data Needs have been properly formed then the Photo Viewer will appear and will be fully functional If the data associations have not been formed then a Connection Form will appear allowing you to set the shapefile and associated field s database and photo location folder Then after the data associations have been formed when the Photo Viewer icon on the Map Window toolbar is clicked the viewer will appear and can then be used 5 Code Compiling Compiling the Photo Viewer is a fairly straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components discussed in Section 3 Dependencies are present load the project into Visual Studio Net 2002 This Plugin was created using Visual Basic VB The project needs to include the following files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET camera ico Camera icon for the forms and representing where photos are on the shapefile 137 NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource camera bmp Camera bitmap used in the MapWindow Legend for the associated layer NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource clsMainMWI vb Contains a class that implements the MapWindow plugin interface FolderUtils vb Contains a class to access and browse for a folder location
51. Watershed 3186 3187 3188 Table Streams 3189 Description Contains the Streams for the Watersheds for the available Photos 3190 Stream ID s are unique for each Watershed This means that if there are multiple 3191 Watersheds then there can be duplicate Stream ID s as long as the Watershed ID is 3192 different Field Type Size Key Primary Comments Field Key Watershed ID Yes The ID for the Watershed that the Stream belongs to Stream ID Numeric Yes The unique ID for the Stream Stream Name Text 255 No No The name for the Stream Stream Description Text 255 No A description for the Stream 3193 3194 3195 Table Stream Segments 3196 Description Contains the Segments for the Streams for available Photos Segment ID s 3197 are unique for each Stream This means that if there are multiple Streams and or 3198 Watersheds then there can be duplicate Segment 10 as long as the combination of the 3199 Stream ID and Watershed ID are different Key Primary Field Type Size Field Key Comments Watershed AD Number Yes No The ID for the Watershed that the Segment belongs to Steam TD Ninen Yes No The ID for the Streams that the Segment belongs to Segment_ID Numeric Yes No The unique ID for the Segment Segment Name Text 255 No The name for the Segment Segment Description Text 255 No The description for the Segment 3200 134 3201 3202 Table Photos 3203 Description Contains the information need
52. Well Log Data Viewer form for the selected type of frmWell Viewer resx data You select the type of data to view by selecting the appropriate data layer in the MapWindow Legend globalStructs vb This module holds the definition of data Structs used throughout the Well Log Data Viewer globalVariables vb This module holds the variables used throughout the forms such as the form declaration variables MapWindow variables and others ImageConverter vb Contains a class that implements functions that allows you to convert images to and from an IPictureDisp object This is needed so that the VBCompatibility dll does not need to be referenced This class allows the Well Logs Database image m or the Well Logs Scanned image E to be associated with the points on the associated shapefile s 243 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 499 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 PluginInfo vb Contains a class that has functions used to open and save Project File settings for the Well Log Data Viewer plugin Well ico Well Log icon that is used in the MapWindow Toolbar and on all of the forms NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource WellLog2 bmp Bitmap version of the WellLog2 ico It is used as a custom image for the point shapefile associated with the Database Data NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resourc
53. a list of tables that must be included with the 1D Habitat Viewer Database Other tables and information may exist but these tables must follow the described naming conventions spelling and cases and types for each table and its parameters NOTE This database is created except for the tbIPDFs and tblPhotographs tables by exporting the data from the PHABWin 2002 program Most of this data is ina specialized format that can only be written using this program Table tblCalibrationSetPoints Description Contains the Velocity and Manning s N values for each point in the given NOTE This table is created bye PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Key Field c Comments The ID for the Calibration Set that Long Hai this point belongs to It corresponds CalSetID Number Duplicates No Integer OK tblCalibrationSets table Point 2 Number Single No No Velocity a a PEDI for his calibration set point Number Single No NAME Sdn HS calibration set point Table tblCalibrationSets Calibration Set at a given Cross Section NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Calibration Set Lon Unique ID for each Calibration Set DBCode AutoNumber No Yes ed Integer point Duplicates with the DBCode Field in the Point 8 Number Single No No a T calibration set point Description Contains the Water Surface Level WSL and StageQ values for each Field Type Size Key Field
54. alternatives Some alternatives are Microsoft Visual C Microsoft C Microsoft Visual Basic 6 Borland C Builder and Borland Delphi I found that implementing COM interfaces is easiest to do in Visual Basic 6 or net and C Before you can create 055 Model Manager plug in you must have the MapWindow and DSS Model Manager installed You can get the MapWindow from http www mapwindow com if you do not already have it Before I begin the details of this tutorial I must emphasize again that I am using VB net for reasons of clarity and personal preference You may use any language that supports COM 2 Project creation In Visual Studio net create a new project Create the project as a Class Library Give the project a name that represents the function of the model In my case I chose to call this model SampleModel After you press OK change the name of your class from Class1 to something more descriptive For this tutorial I called my class MyModel Ideally this class name describes your model in some way 119 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 New Project Project Types Templates lt q Visual Basic Projects a mf visual C Projects C visual C Projects Windows Class Library Windows Application Control Library Setup and Deployment Projects Other Projects Visual Studio Solutions ASP NET web ASP NET web web Control Applicat
55. at the end of the installation a custom action is a call to an external executable file or DLL This file can be on the installation media or installed with the product Using InstallShield Express is a fairly straightforward process On opening the project the ise file you ll see a panel on the left hand side with options such as Redistributables Files 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 Custom Actions etc Clicking on each of these in turn will display that option in the main window They are each fairly self explanatory with the following cautions First redistributables refers to merge modules This is important to point out so that you realize that this is where the merge modules are selected The merge modules that appear here the modules which are present in the directory C Program Files InstallShield Express Objects Therefore after putting together a merge module in order for InstallShield to see and use it you must place the file msm in that directory Secondly when you build the installation using the menu option or the toolbar icon the installation will build only the last media type which you had selected If you have configured more than one media type they will NOT all be built you must click on each
56. bars and model list Dotnetfxredist x86 enu msm Suppressed not installed Interop AddFlow3Lib DLL NET library wrapper for AddFlow Interop DSSIntfcLib dll Net Library wrapper for the DSS Model Interface Stdole dll Suppressed not installed System dll Suppressed not installed System drawing dll Suppressed not installed System xml dll Suppressed not installed AddFlow msm The AddFlow component used to create the scenario layout ModelManager dll The Model Manager MapWindow plugin ModelManager pdb Program Debug Database for the Model Manager mwDSS xmlcf Configuration file for the Nooksack DSS ScenarioBuilder xml Configuration file for the Scenario Builder layout Model Manager Elements ModelManagerElements msm Installation Model Manager Elements Merge Module ModelManagerElements ModelManagerElements sIn This merge module contains all of the model elements filters data editors and models that the Model Manager can use They re all lumped together in this merge module because it doesn t 14 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 make sense to separate them all into separate installations The files are placed in C Program Files Map Window Plugins ModelManager Elements Files Included Interop DSSIntfcLib dll NET wrapper for the DSS Model Interface
57. gt Setup Code Compiling Project Files Reference Settings 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 1 Table Design Following is a list of tables that must be included with the Time Series Analyst Database Other tables and information may exist but these tables must follow the described naming conventions spelling and cases and types for each table and its parameters Table Agency Code Descriptions Field Name Data Type Size 2 is Description Agency ID Long Integer No No Agency Code Text 100 No Agency Description Text 255 No No Contact Text 100 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Indicates that data was locally modified or locally created Table Comment Code Descriptions Field Name iu Size d pcd Description Comment Code Text 100 No No Description Text 400 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Indicates that data was locally modified or locally created Table GroupNames Field Name Data Type Size d e Description Group ID Long No No Integer Group Name Text 100 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Indicates that data was locally modified or locally created Table GroupStations Field Name Data Type Size Key Field Primary Key Description Key Long Yes Yes Integer Group ID Long No No Inte
58. in the table for displaying the Periodicity Values on the main viewer form modDBDefinitions vb This module contains the variable definitions that hold the table and field variable names for the Periodicity database These variables are used throughout the project so that if anything should change in the database the value only has to be changed in 1 location 152 modGlobals vb This module contains the variables used throughout the forms such as the form declaration variables MapWindow variables and others modPDDefinitions vb This module contains the variable definitions that hold the Periodicity and Fish Distribution labels and values for displaying exporting and restoring the data modUtils vb This module contains functions that are used throughout the project for accessing the database reporting errors conversions file functionality and other necessary functionality Periodicity3 bmp Bitmap version of the Periodicity3 ico It is used as a custom image for the point shapefile associated with the Periodicity Viewer Editor plug in NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource Periodicity3 ico Icon that is used as the Map Window Legend picture when using a custom image for the point shapefile associated with the Periodicity Viewer Editor It also is the icon on the Map Window Toolbar for the Periodicity Viewer Editor plug in NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource PluginInfo vb
59. msm Gigasoft Proessentials Charting Components Gigasoft msm MapWindow 3 1 MapWindow3 1 msm Model Manager Model Manager msm Model Manager Elements ModelManagerElements msm Macroinvertibrate Data Viewer MIV Viewer msm Physical Habitat Simulation 1D Viewer PHabSiml DViewer msm Physical Habitat Simulation 2D Viewer PS2DViewer msm Photo Viewer mwPhotoViewer msm Time Series Data Analyst mwTimeSeries msm Watershed Characterization Report mwWatershedChar msm Well Log Data Viewer mwWellviewer msm Crystal Reports 8 5 Runtime Components CrystalReports85 msm Crystal Reports NET Data Access Crystal Database Access2003 msm Crystal Reports NET English Crystal Database Access2003 enu msm Crystal Reports NET Managed Code Crystal Managed2003 msm Seagate Crystal Reports Keycode Manager Crystal regwiz2003 msm Data Access Objects 3 60 DAO360 msm Distributed Component Object Model 95 DCOM95 msm Microsoft Foundations Classes 6 0 Libraries MFC42 msm Microsoft C Runtime Library 6 0 MSVCRT msm Microsoft C Runtime Library 6 0 MSVCP60 msm Microsoft Chart Control 6 0 MSCHRT20 MSM 288 289 290 29 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 219 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 229 330 331 332 333 Microsoft Chart VB Control VB_Control_mschart_RTL_X86_ msm Microsoft Common Dialog Control 6 0 COMDLG3
60. one in turn then click the build icon Thirdly when you re trying to locate your built installation it will usually be buried under many levels of subdirectories Suppose you re working with installation X ise there will be a subdirectory entitled X next to X ise Under this directory there will be an Express subdirectory Under this directory there will be a subdirectory for each of the media types that you have built Suppose you built a CDROM installation there will be a subdirectory entitled CDROM In this subdirectory there will be about three directories the one you care about is entitled Disk Images In this directory there will be a DISK1 DISK2 and so forth Fourthly if you build an installation which spans multiple disks or CDs you must label those CDs to match the subdirectory that the files were in For example when burning the files from DISK1 onto a CD you must set that CD s volume label to DISK1 This applies to DISK2 DISK3 and so forth If you do not set the volume label of the CD properly then the installation will not recognize the CD as being the proper disk The installation will ask for disk 2 Even if the CD you insert has the proper files on it if the label is not DISK2 the installation will not accept the CD Fifthly there are a few file restrictions that you need to be aware of You should never place the following files in the C Program Files MapWindow Plugins subdirectory any subdire
61. other There are no rules specifying what makes a scenario element any one of these it s only intended for organizational purposes The only thing this will affect is which tab the element will appear on inside the model manager string BuildDate This is a get property which will return the date that the element was last compiled 2519 2574 2515 2576 2577 2578 2379 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 string Description This is a get property which will return a textual description of what the scenario element does This will appear on the element properties dialog string Author This is a get property which will return a string identifying the author of the scenario element This may be any string a name an organization or any text bool ShowDialog bool Locked DssIntfcLib IDssManager DssManager string DataPath This function is called when the scenario element is double clicked within the model manager This function should show a form with any configuration options or settings which need to be configured for the model to execute The function should save the settings retrieved from the user into the properties which will be set and retrieved using set ParamValue get ParamValue get ParamName and ParamCount The functi
62. the generator before the final execution Rpt Any rpt rpt file not described above contains data used in the report Section contents are described in the DataSources and SectionVisibility database tables The Watershed Characterization installer has been created with Microsoft Visual Studio and it creates a merge module which is a single file module which can then be inserted into other installations easily This is the mwWatershedChar subdirectory in the Watershed Characterization installer directory To update the components in this merge module copy the newly built mw WatershedChar dll and related files into the Source directory in the Watershed Characterization installer directory Open the mwWatershedChar Visual Studio project and rebuild the installer Next copy the merge module from the Release folder into c Program Files InstallShield Express Objects Another installation this one created with InstallShield Express is also located in the Watershed Characterization installer directory This is a wrapper around the merge module described above it installs no new files only that merge module To rebuild this open the WatershedChar ise file and click the Build button or select Build from the menu When the process has completed the new installer will be in the WatershedChar subdirectory This installer may then be burned onto a CD copied to a ZIP disk or otherwise distribu
63. the name of the color or some other description of what es color is represented by the value in Color Description Text 50 No No the RGB _Value Field For Example Color_Description Black Table Well_Material_Data Description Contains the WellID three associated material codes a depth from and a depth to value for each soil section in the Well Log A soil section is defined as a grouping of soil with the same materials Each soil section in the sampled Well Log needs to have a unique entry in this Table The second and or third material code can be left empty if there is not a value attributed for them The first material code must have a value for all entries Each material code is picked from the list available that is populated by the values in the Material_Codes table Field Size Key Field Pad Comments A unique ID for each Well This value Nas is displayed for the user to select which Long Well Logs s to view It also WellID Numeric Duplicates No Integer OK corresponds with the values for the Well ID field in the associated point shapefile This is the main soil type or the soil type with the highest concentration that is found in the current soil section This field is of type Number and SER corresponds to the CodeMaterial field Materiall Long Duplicates values from the Material Codes table Integer OK This is a lookup field The user will see the material descriptions not the actual
64. types of data required for the Input Model Nodes Shapefile a point shapefile path and a Node ID shapefile field e Point Shapefile this shapefile needs to be in the same project as the other shapefiles in your project It contains the point locations of each of the Model Nodes Connection Name this is the name of the Time Series Analyst Connection 1825 Node ID Shapefile Field this field is a String field that contains the Node ID for 1826 each of the Model Nodes It corresponds with the Node ID Field in the tblNodes 1827 table for the Input Habitat Database and with the Station Field in the Stations 1828 table for the Input Daily Flow Database 1829 NOTE If the Node ID in the shapefile is not found in either of the Input 1830 Databases then the model will still run values will just not be computed for those 1831 nodes and there will be an entry in the log explaining why 1832 1833 In order to specify the Nodes to model the Model Nodes Shapefile must be selected and 1834 added to the project Then you can either select the which Nodes to model by specifying 1835 the Node ID s or by going to map and selecting with the Map Window Selection tools 1836 1837 4 Weighted Usable Area WUA Data Needs 1838 1839 To be able to compute and write results to the Output Database for the Habitat Time 1840 Series Model the Weighted Usable Area WUA Data must be present in the Input 1841 Habitat Database see Section 1 Input Habit
65. what went wrong txt SelectAll Exit immediately because the validation failed Exit Sub End If Catch ex As System Exception There was an error show a descriptive message MsgBox The following error has occurred amp vbCrLf amp _ ex Message amp vbCrLf amp ex StackTrace ToString _ MsgBoxStyle Exclamation Or MsgBoxStyle OKOnly Error in Weight Validating Figure 7 Validation Function Now that the inputs are properly validated the only thing left is to make the values accessible to the model 126 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 Public Property Weightl As Double Get If IsNumeric txtWeightl Text Then Return CDbl txtWeightl Text Else Return 1 0 End If End Get Set ByVal Value As Double If IsNumeric Value Then txtWeightl Text Value ToString End If End Set End Property Public Property Weight2 As Double Get If IsNumeric txtWeight2 Text Then Return CDbl txtWeight2 Text Else Return 1 0 End If End Get Set ByVal Value As Double If IsNumeric Value Then txtWeight2 Text Value ToString End If End Set End Property Public Property IsLocked As Boolean Get Return Not grpWeights Enabled End Get Set ByVal Value As Boolean grpWeights Enabled Not Value End Set End Property Figure 8 Parameter access properties The parameter page is now completely done so we
66. 1 DSS Technical Documentation This is the technical documentation for all reviewable products including this document May not be present in Alpha releases Windows Volume Dev This is the source code for all reviewable products May not be present in Alpha releases Special Actions If this installation is going to be used on a computer with multiple users you ll need to perform the following steps 1 Build the installation normally 2 Download and install ORCA a tool for editing installation databases 3 Open ORCA Open the msi file associated with the installation that you just built This will be on the first disk of your installation This will probably be called WRIA 1 Final Deliverable Administrative Edition msi 4 Click on the Components table you ll see a long list of data 5 Find the component called Global Controls MSCOMCT2OCX This component is associated with GUID 3207D1B8 80E5 11D2 B95D 006097CADE24 6 Find the keypath field for this component Click into that field and clear out its contents Clear out only the KEYPATH portion don t delete the entire row 7 Close and save the msi file 8 The installation package may now be safely distributed to end users 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551
67. 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 Technical Documentation Best Management Practices Tool Last Revision Feb 21 2006 Table of Contents 1 Table Designs Table Descriptions and Notes 2 GIS Data Needs gt Location of GIS Data 3 Dependencies Software Integrated Development Environment IDE 4 Setup gt Setup 5 Building Code Compiling Installations 50 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1 Table Designs Best Management Practices Database BestManagementPractices bmp Table DefaultValues Field Name Data Type Description BMP Name Text The name of the best management practice PercentApplication Long Integer The percentage of the land cover or watershed area the best management practice is applied to N Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for nitrogen NH3 NH4 N Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for NH 3 4 2 Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for NO 2 O3 N Phos Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for phosphorus BOD Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for BOD FecalColBac Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for fecal coliform bacteria 11 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification OpenWater 12 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classifi
68. 151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 Modules and Components Gigasoft ProEssentials Graph v4 Gigasoft ProEssentials Sci Graph v4 MapWindow Interfaces MapWinGIS Components Microsoft FlexGrid Control 6 0 SP3 Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2003 4 Setup To begin using the Time Series Analyst it must first be loaded into MapWindow Once it is loaded click on the Time Series Analyst icon located on the Map Window toolbar If the required connection name s database type and database associations and if desired optional shapefile and icon associations as described in Section 2 Data Needs have been configured properly and the database for the selected connection is accessible then the Time Series Analyst will appear allowing the user to select and view the data for available stations If the data associations have not been properly set then a Connection Form will appear allowing you to create or edit connections When you create or edit a connection a form appears that allows you to specify the required data the connection name the database type and the database and the optional data the point shapefile and the custom icon Then after the required and optional data have been properly associated select the Time Series Analyst from the Map Window toolbar and either the viewer or a form allowing the user to select which connec
69. 16 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2152 2153 2754 Parameters Result This should be a pointer or a reference to a Boolean data type This will be set by the function to True or False to indicate whether a cancel has been requested HRESULT ReportDialogClosing IDssModel sender VARIANT BOOL SaveParameters This function is used to report to the scenario builder that a dialog box is closing Typically dialog boxes in scenario elements are used to gather data so this is important to call at dialog closing because signaling that a dialog is closing tells the model manager that it s time to save the parameters in your scenario element using the interface functions get ParamValue set ParamValue get ParamName and ParamCount Therefore make sure that you ve set the variables which get ParamValue is returning before calling this function Parameters Sender This is a reference or a pointer to your scenario element itself SaveParameters This tells the Scenario Builder whether you d like your scenario element s parameters saved using the interface functions mentioned above Most high level languages can pass any Boolean data type into this function HRESULT GetFilePath BSTR FileID BSTR result This function is used to get the path on disk to the
70. 2 msm Microsoft Component Category Manager Library COMCAT msm Microsoft Data Access Components MDAC 2 5 MDAC25 msm MDAC 2 6 MDAC26 msm MDAC 2 7 MDAC27enu msm Microsoft FlexGrid Control 6 0 MSFLXGRD msm Microsoft OLE 2 40 for 95 NT4 0 QLEAUT32 msm Microsoft Typelib Information Library tlbinf32 msm Microsoft Windows Common Controls 6 0 MSCOMCTL msm Microsoft Windows Common Controls 2 6 0 MSCOMCT2 msm OLE Database Access 2 1 OLEDB21 msm SQL Distributed Management Object SQL DMO msm Shortcuts Programs Menu MapWindow MapWindow gt MAPWINDOW MapWindow exe User s Guide gt HELP MapWindow31 chm Sample Project gt United States UnitedStates mwprj Programs Menu WRIA 1 DSS Launch the DSS gt LAUNCHPAD DBMS exe User Documenation gt USER DOCUMENTATION Desktop WRIA 1 DSS LaunchPad gt LAUNCHPAD DBMS exe Windows Registry HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Software Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Run Start SQL Server String Value scm action 1 service MSSQLServer silent 1 RunOnce V AttachAllDatabases String Value C Program Files Microsoft SQL Server MSSQL Data AttachAll bat Dialogs Included in Installation Install Welcome Setup Progress Setup Complete Success Custom Actions ScheduleReboot After Setup Complete Success Dialog Source Location Built In Library Function MSDElInstaller After Setup Complete Success Dialog Source Location Installed With
71. 22 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 MapWindow Interfaces MapWinGIS Map Control Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2003 4 Setup To begin using the 2D Habitat Viewer it must first be loaded into MapWindow Once it is loaded click on the 2D Habitat icon 2D located on the Map Window toolbar If the shapefile and database associations as described in Section 2 Data Needs have been configured properly and the database is accessible then the 2D Habitat Viewer will appear allowing the user to select and view the 2D Habitat Data for available stations If the data associations have not been properly set then a Connection Form will appear allowing you to set the shapefile and the database Then after the shapefile and the database have been properly associated select the 2D Habitat icon 2D from the Window toolbar and the viewer will appear allowing the user to view the data See the User s Manual for more information and details on associating the data with the 2D Habitat Viewer 5 Code Compiling Compiling the 2D Habitat Viewer is a fairly straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components those discussed in Section 3 Dependencies are present load the project into Visual Studio Net 2003 This Plugin was created using Visual Basic VB The project
72. 22 Text 255 No A23 Text 255 No A24 Text 255 No A25 Text 255 No A26 Text 255 No A27 Text 255 No A28 Text 255 29 Text 255 No A30 Text 55 A31 Text 255 No A32 Text 255 No A33 Text 255 4 Text 255 No A35 Text 055 No No A36 Text 255 A37 Text 255 A38 Text 255 A39 Text 055 No No A40 Text 255 No A41 Text 255 No A42 Text 255 No A43 Text 255 No A44 Text 255 No A45 Text 255 No A46 Text 255 No A47 Text 255 No A48 Text 255 No A49 Text 255 No A50 Text 255 51 Text 255 No A52 Text 255 No A53 Text 255 No No 100 Text 055 No No 101 Text 255 No 102 Text 255 No 103 Text 055 No No 212 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 104 Text 255 No 105 Text 255 No No 106 Text 055 No No 107 Text 255 108 Text 255 109 Text 255 No No 110 Text 255 No 111 Text 255 No 112 Text 255 No 113 Text 255 114 Text 255 No 115 Text 255 No 116 Text 255 No 117 Text 255 118 Text 255 No 119 Text 255 No 120 Text 255 No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportFishPeriodicity Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the repor
73. 31 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 1 Table Designs There are two types of Table Designs available for the Photo Viewer The Table Design is dependent on the type of viewer that is being used Design 1 is correct if the data being used is organized by Location and then by Photo Design 2 is correct if the data being used is organized by Watershed then Stream then Segment then Unit and finally by Photo Database Design 1 Table Comments Description Contains the information needed to select and display the Comments and Comment Information for the selected Photo or Location Data is selected by either Location ID or by Location ID and Photo ID depending on whether the user is viewing the comments for the location or for an individual photo Key Primary Field Type Size Field Key Comments Location ID Numeric No No The unique ID for the Location Photo ID Numere No No The unique ID for the Photo for the given location Comment A No Ru Er ID for the comment for the given Author Text 50 No No The Author of the comment Organization Text 50 No The Organization the Author belongs to Comment Date 50 No The date of the comment Comment Memo No The Comment Table Photos Description Contains the information needed to select and display the Photo and Photo Information for the
74. 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 e Access Database this is the database of Periodicity and Fish Distribution data This database needs to be organized as described in 1 Table Design As stated above the shapefile requires one field to be found in the data table Following is the description of the required Field in the shapefile an example field name the field type a description of the data that gets entered into this field and how it is associated with the database Required data layer field description Node ID Integer The Node ID for the node at this location It corresponds with the Node ID field in the tbINodes table in the database Each value that is found in this field in the shapefile also needs to be found in the database 3 Dependencies The Periodicity Viewer Editor plug in requires the following software components and modules to be installed Software MapWindow 3 1 Visual Studio NET 2003 Modules and Components MapWindow Interfaces MapWinGIS Map Control Microsoft FlexGrid Control 6 0 SP3 Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2003 4 Setup To begin using the Periodicity Viewer Editor it must first be loaded into MapWindow Once it is loaded click on the periodicity icon amp located on the Map Window toolbar If the shapefile and database associations as described in Section 2 Dat
75. 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 Technical Documentation Surface Water Quantity Model Last Revision Dec 28 2007 154 Table of Contents Overview TOPNET Fortran Executable DSS Interface Interface Table Designs Table Descriptions and Notes Data Dependencies Software Module and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE Setup gt Setup Customizations Building 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 2329 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 1 Overview The Water Quantity Model is comprised of two components a the Fortran Executable that performs the model simulations and calculations and b the Water Quantity Model Interface that configures the input to this through the decision support system The TOPNET Model is described in the Task 4 1 report Surface Water Quantity Model Development and Calibration The electronic appendix to this report includes descriptions of the file formats used by this model This documentation describes the databases and information used by the Water Quantity Model Interface as a plugin component to the DSS 2 Table Designs Land Cover Database LandCoverSummary mdb See Technical Documentation For Land Cover Summarizer for table designs Water Management Databases For each Water Quantity Model dataset Historic Existing and Full Build Out HistoricWaterManagement mdb Existing
76. 4 2285 1 Table Design Following is a list of tables that must be included with the Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer Database Other tables and information may exist but these tables must follow the described naming conventions spelling and cases and types for each table and its parameters This database must be an Access or mdb database Table Group Identification Description Contains the Group ID Taxa and Sorting Crew for each of the macroinvertebrate samples Field Type Size Key Field Comments This is an ID for each Group that processed a Yes sample It corresponds with the Group ID Field in Group ID Text 50 Duplicates the Macroinvertebrate Data table OK NOTE INSE used the list with numbers while Bellingham used the list with letters Taxa Text 50 No No Name of the bugs that define this group Sorted By Text 50 No No Indicates which crew sorted the original sample Table Macroinvertebrate Data Description Contains the MacroInvertebrate Sample data for each Site Group pair for the sizing groups 1 2mm 2 4mm 4 6mm 6 8mm 8 10mm gt 10mm Field Type Key Field row Comments Site Identifier for this sample Site ID Number Double Duplicates ond wih Hie FIR T OK Site Information table and the Unique SiteID List table Group Identifier for this sample It Group ID Text 50 No No corresponds with the Group ID Field in the Group Identification table Sample count fo
77. 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 422 4222 188 MSFlexGridLib CopyLocal True PEGO32BLib CopyLocal True PESGO32BLib CopyLocal True stdole CopyLocal False System CopyLocal False System Data CopyLocal False System Drawing CopyLocal False System Windows Forms CopyLocal False System XML CopyLocal False Now that these settings have been set correctly click the Build icon or select Build from the menu The mwTimeSeries dll has now been created with Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 It is created in the mwTimeSeries subdirectory in the Plugins folder Next time that MapWindow is run if the mwTimeSeries dll was built to the correct folder the updated changes to the Time Series Analyst will be available 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 Technical Documentation Watershed Characterization Report Generator Last Revision 06 25 08 Table of Contents 1 Table Designs Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Descriptions and Notes Table Relationship Diagrams 2 GIS Data Needs gt Location of GIS Data Tagson Layers 3 Dependencies gt Software Module a
78. 593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3 Data The Water Quantity Model requires the following input data Drainages Shapefile TopNet Input Directory Land Cover Summary Database Water Management Database The drainage shapefile used should be bsnwrial_v7 shp Only the drainage identifier BSNWRIAIA and drainage name DRAIN_NAME are used from this shapefile Other inputs have been created using the drainage identifiers in this shapefile Use of another shapefile would result in incorrect names being associated with drainage identifiers The WRIA 1 drainages shapefile is installed at the following location by default C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS DSS_Data GIS_Data Shapefiles Watershed bsnwrial_v7 shp The TopNet input directory is the folder comprising input files required to run the water quantity model Three such folders are provided one each for historic existing and full build out conditions When the model is run this entire set of files is copied to the specified output working directory The model is then run in the output working directory which serves as a record of the inputs and outputs for a specific model run scenario The TopNet Input Directories are installed at the following locations by default C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS Water Quantity TopNet Files ModelInputFilesHistoric
79. 6 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 with the Lifestage ID Field in the tblPeriodicity table for the Input Habitat Database see Section 1 Input Habitat Database Table Design 2 This is the name of the Species that Species Name Text 50 No No this Fish belongs to This is the name of the Lifestage that Lifestage Name Text 50 No No this Fish belongs to Table Notes Description Contains any Notes about the Model Nodes Stations Field Type Size Field E Comments Lon Yes NoteID AutoNumber Yes This is a unique ID for each Note Integer Duplicates This is the Node Station that the Note belongs to It corresponds with the Node ID Field in the tblNodes table for Yes the Input Habitat Database see Section 1 Station Text 50 Duplicates No Input Habitat Database Table Design and OK the Station Field in the Stations table for the Input Daily Flow Database see Section 2 Input Daily Flow Database Design and Data Needs Notes Memo No No The Notes about the given Node Station Table Parameter_Code Descriptions Description Contains the Code and Name for the available Parameters NOTE The parameters are created by the model using the Daily Flow Scenario Run and the Weighted Usable Area WUA Units Field Type Size Key Field od Comments bon Yes This is a unique ID for each Parameter Code AutoNumber Yes Parameter Integer Duplicates This is the Name of the Param
80. 6 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp It provides the Data Access components specifically the ODBC Open Database Compatibility interface and a bunch of drivers for interacting with various database formats This is version 2 6 of the components MDAC 2 7 MDAC27enu msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp It provides the Data Access components specifically the ODBC Open Database Compatibility interface and a bunch of drivers for interacting with various database formats This is version 2 7 US English of the components Microsoft FlexGrid Control 6 0 MSFLXGRD msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp It provides the FlexGrid control a grid control used to create a spreadsheet style grid layout 20 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 213 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 Microsoft OLE 2 40 for 95 NT4 0 OLEAUT32 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp This is a core requirement for most Windows applications that use ActiveX Microsoft Typelib Information Library tlbinf32 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp This is a core requirement for most Windows applications that use ActiveX Microsoft Windows Common Controls 6 0 MSCOMCTL msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp It provides the FlexGrid control a grid control used to create a spr
81. 644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 112 scenario The index provided to this function will match the index used by get ParamValue and get ParamName Parameters Index This is the identifier for the value being restored into the element pVal This is the value to be restored to the element Note that this is a string this doesn t mean that only string data can be saved and restored non string data can be marshaled into a string format and saved string get ParamValue int Index This function is called by the model manager when the scenario is saved The function should return the value for the parameter indicated by Index which will then be saved by the model manager Like set ParamValue the function will be called as many times as the function ParamCount returns If ParamCount returns 2 the function will be called twice to get both values Parameters Index This is the identifier for the value being saved from within the element object ToolBoxIcon This is a get parameter which should return the image which will be displayed as the icon for this element inside the model manager toolbox The image can be a bitmap or icon and should be 32 pixels by 32 pixels A default image will be used if the image provided is invalid string get_ParamName int Index This function should return the name of the parameter referenced by Index This function yields
82. 75 your project It contains the point locations of where each of the Stations are 1076 located This file will have a tag that will be associated with it by the plug in 1077 rapidlocations There needs to be a field containing the Station Name in this 1078 shapefile 1079 Database Type this is the type of database that you are connecting to IE 1080 Access SQL Server 1081 Database this is the database of 1D Habitat Data that has been exported from the 1082 PHABWin 2002 Program and had the PDF and Photograph tables added This 1083 database needs to be organized as described in Section 1 Table Design 1084 1085 The layer corresponding with the point shapefile stated above is marked with the tag 1086 rapidlocations If the user removes the layer associated with this tag without first 1087 closing the 1D Habitat Viewer plug in then the Shapefile settings will be reset and if the 1088 Project is then saved then the Shapefile settings in the project file will also be over 1089 written 1090 1091 As stated above the shapefile requires one field to be found in the data table Following 1092 is the description of the required Field in the shapefile an example field name the field 1093 type a description of the data that gets entered into this field and how the field data is 1094 associated with the data in the database 1095 1096 Required data layer field 1097 a Station Name String The Name for the Station at th
83. 9 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 Technical Documentation Model Manager Scenario Builder DSS Last Revision 12 30 04 Table of Contents 1 Table Designs gt Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Descriptions and Notes 2 Dependencies Software Module and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE 3 Setup Setup and Configuration gt Interactions between Client and Server 4 Building Code Compiling 5 Model Manager Elements Model Manager Interface 104 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 1 Table Designs Database DSSData mdb Table FilePaths Description This table stores the locations of the files used by models running inside the model manager A model can request a file of a specific DataType which will present the user with a dialog asking which of the matching datatypes should be used They re differentiated by FileID which can be any identifier string number etc ScenarioID refers to the scenario which added the file path to the database scenario 0 is reserved for unedited base data Field Type Size Indexed Comments RecordID Numeric Yes Yes Internal record identifier FileID Text 50 Yes No Identifier Tor this file For example Commercial Zoning Comprehensive Zoning FilePath Tex
84. BMP affect this land cover classification Row Crops 83 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Small Grains 53 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 84 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Fallow 85 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Urban Recreational Grasses 89 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Dairy 91 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Woody Wetlands 92 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Emergent Herbaceous Wetlands 2 GIS Data Needs The Best Management Practices Tool requires a drainages shapefile to manage BMPs on a per drainage basis The default installation location for this drainage shapefile is C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS DSS_Data GIS_Data Shapefiles Watershed bsnwrial_v7 shp 3 Dependencies The Best Management Practices plug in requires the following software to be installed Software MapWindow 3 1 DSS Model Manager Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2003 Complete Install 4 Setup The WRIA 1 055 Installation installs the Best Management Practices Tool in the MapWindow Plugins folder This is usually located at C Program Files MapWindow Plugins ModelManager Elements
85. C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS Water Quantity TopNet Files ModelInputFilesExisting C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS Water Quantity TopNet Files ModelInputFilesFBO The land cover summary database contains the area of each land cover type summarized for each drainage This is created by the land cover summarizer tool The initial land cover summary database provided includes land covers for each scenario Scenario 1 Historic conditions Scenario 2 Existing conditions Scenario 3 Full build out conditions The Land Cover Summary Database is installed at the following location by default C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS DSS_Data Model Manager Databases LandCoverSummary mdb The water management database is a Microsoft Access database contains the information needed to populate the water quantity model water management input files This database is changed when water management options are edited Three initial water management databases are provided one for each scenario The Water Management Databases are installed at the following locations by default C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS DSS_Data Model Manager Databases Historic WaterManagement mdb 161 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS DSS_Da
86. Contains a class that implements an interface to access read from and write to the Project File 3469 3470 3471 Now that the files and resources are there and the project is loaded into Microsoft Visual 3472 Studio NET 2003 please double check a couple of settings These settings are all related 3473 to the references associated with the project see Section 3 Dependencies 3474 3475 Reference Settings 3476 AxMapWinGIS CopyLocal True 3477 AxMSFlexGridLib CopyLocal True 3478 MapWinGIS CopyLocal True 3479 MapWinInterfaces CopyLocal False 3480 MSFlexGridLib CopyLocal True 3481 stdole CopyLocal False 3482 System CopyLocal False 3483 System Data CopyLocal False 3484 System Drawing CopyLocal False 3485 System Windows Forms CopyLocal False 3486 System XML CopyLocal False 3487 3488 Now that these settings have been set correctly click the Build icon or select Build from 3489 the menu The mwPeriodicity Viewer dll has now been created with Microsoft Visual 3490 Studio NET 2003 It is created in the mwPeriodicity Viewer subdirectory in the Plugins 349 folder Next time that MapWindow is run if the mwPeriodicityViewer dll was built to the 3492 correct folder the updated changes to the Periodicity Viewer Editor will be available 3493 3494 153 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516
87. D Field in the tblSpecies table NOTE This value is only used if this Mesh File is a Compressed Species File Otherwise it s value 0 This is the File path where the Mesh File or Compressed File is located NOTE This value is a relative path value It is stored relative to this database 42 For Example tation Mesh FileType Filename ext 1250 1251 1252 Table tblSpecies 1253 Description Contains the available Species for a given Station 1254 NOTE This table needs to be filled in previous to running the 2D Data Importer 1255 The values in this table are only used with the tbIMeshFiles table they are not used for 1256 the tblFishDistribution table Field Type Size Key Field eed Comments This is a unique ID for each 4 Long b Species It corresponds with the Species ID AutoNumber No Yes 2 Integer Duplicates Species_ID Field in the tblMeshFiles table This is the ID for the Station that Long this Species belongs to It Nunes Integer corresponds with the Station ID Field in the rb Stations table This is the name of the Species Species Name Text 50 No No NOTE The format for this value is Species Lifestage 1257 1258 1259 Table tblStations 1260 Description Contains the available Stations and the Flow Direction for the river section 1261 at that Station 1262 NOTE This table needs to be filled in previous to running the 2D Data Importer Field Type Size Key Field em C
88. D for each set of Number Integer Periodicity values in the table Duplicates Yes This is the ID for the Node that this Long set of Periodicity values belong to It Nodes Numbers Integer K Heates NO corresponds with the Node ID Field in the tblNodes table This is the ID for the Fish that this set Long es of Periodicity values belong to It Papeete Number Integer es No corresponds with the Lifestage_ID Field in the tb Lifestages table Periodicity Value for the 1 half of January for the given fish node pair _1 Netnber iege ND Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 2 half of January for the given fish node pair _2 Humber INO ae Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of February for the given fish node Feb 1 Number Integer No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 2 half of Feb_2 Number ymteser Do 9 February for the given fish node 69 pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of March for the given fish node pair 6 NE Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 2 half of March for the given fish node pair Bunnies nteger No Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of April for the given fish node pair
89. DBMSSource 61 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 Server DataUpdatesPath Path to GIS data E nookweb DBMSSource updates relative to server ProxyUID Username to access blank the proxy server with Encrypted ProxyPWD Password to access blank the proxy server with Encrypted The DBMS needs to know the locations relative to the server so that it may prune directories when necessary it also needs to know the URLs to get the files in the first place 4 Building 62 Compiling the DBMS and any of the DBMS related tools is a straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components discussed in item 3 above are present load the project into Visual Studio and click the Build icon or select Build from the menu These instructions hold true for any of the individual projects of the DBMS The individual projects their purpose and their contents are described below DBMS Server Windows Service This tool is used to maintain an index file of data available for the client tool the LaunchPad to download It runs as a windows service and scans the target directory and all subdirectories to create the index file taking the time between index scans and the location for all files from the configuration file next to the executable The server also listens for requests to updat
90. Database variables and others modHSCDefinitions vb This module contains the variable definitions for the Habitat Suitability Curve Data modMapDefinitions vb This module contains the variable definitions of the Plot Types Shapefile Fieldnames and Species SI Types for the Physical Map Data modOtherDefinitions vb This module contains the enumeration and variable 48 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 definitions for the Miscellaneous Data modUtils vb This module contains functions that are used throughout the project for reporting errors file functionality Drawing the North and Direction Arrows shapefile functionality decompressing Physical Data files conversion functionality and other necessary functionality PluginInfo vb Contains a class that implements an interface to access read from and write to the Project File ScaleBarUtils vb Contains enumerations conversion constants and a class to draw a Scalebar in the desired units trout2D bmp Bitmap version of the trout2D ico It is used as a custom image for the point shapefile associated with the 2D Habitat Viewer plug in NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource trout2D ico Icon that is used as the Map Window Legend picture when using a custom image for the poin
91. E this value is only valid if Sample Type drift Velocity Out Number Double No No This is the Northing value Y value of the location of the Site where the sample was taken Value is in Number Double No UTM_NAD83 coordinate projection NOTE this is NOT the location of the net or benthic device used to collect the sample This is the Easting value X value of the location of the Site where the sample was taken Value is in Number Double No UTM_NAD83 coordinate projection NOTE this is NOT the location of the net or benthic device used to collect the sample This is the Area of the Net that was Nerea tm used to collect the sample Value is in 2 Number Double No square meters m 2 NOTE this value is only valid if Sample Type drift Bed Area 255 No No This is the Area enclosed by the 99 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 m 2 benthic device that was used to collect the sample Value is in square meters m 2 NOTE this value is only valid if Sample Type benthic This is the Size of the mesh that is in Net Meshsiz No the net or benthic device used to e um collect the sample Value is in micrometers um Table Unique SiteID List Description Contains the unique list of Site Sample pairs available Field Type Size Key Field Pong Comments This is a unique ID for each Site Yes Sample pair It corresponds with the Site ID Numb
92. EB Float 8 No No Evapotranspiration February ET MAR Float 8 Evapotranspiration March ET APR Float 8 Evapotranspiration April ET MAY Float 8 Evapotranspiration May ET JUNE Float 8 No No Evapotranspiration June ET JULY Float B Evapotranspiration July ET AUG Float 8 Evapotranspiration August ET SEPT Float 8 Evapotranspiration September ET OCT Float 8 No No Evapotranspiration October ET NOV Float B No No Evapotranspiration November ET DEC Float 8 Evapotranspiration December ET ANN Float 8 Annual Evapotranspiration JANQN Float au No No January FEBQN Float No No February MARQN Float 8 No March APRQN Float 8 April MAYQN Float 8 No May JUNQN Float No No June JULQN Float 8 No July AUGQN Float No No August SEPQN Float 8 No No September OCTQN Float 8 No No October NOVQN Float 8 No November 225 DECQN Float 8 December ANNQN Float B No No Annual STDERR Float 8 Standard Error JANQNCFS Float au No No January FEBQNCFS Float 8 No February MARQNCFS Float 8 No No March APRQNCFS Float 8 No April MAYQNCFS loa 8 No May JUNQNCFS Float 8 No June JULQNCFS Float 8 No No July AUGQNCFS Float No No August SEPQNCFS Float 8 September OCTQNCFS Float 8 No No October NOVQNCFS Float November DECQNCFS Float 8
93. Flow merge module Suppose that you had another merge module X msm which also contained the AddFlow merge module if you build an InstallShield installation that includes both X msm and the Model Manager merge module InstallShield will automatically detect that AddFlow is included twice and will only use the files once This is particularly important with very common components that are duplicated many times in an installation This phase of building the installation is called merging hence the term merge module Visual Studio 2002 or 2003 The majority of the software for the WRIA 1 DSS has been created using various versions of Microsoft s Visual Studio the scope of this section is not focused on software but rather using Visual Studio for the purpose of building Merge Modules Visual Studio can be used to build complete application packages but I find Visual Studio severely limited in terms of customizing the installation and making it professional looking I use Visual Studio only for merge modules and this is because InstallShield Express will not build merge modules InstallShield Developer edition will allow you to build merge modules however it is considerably more expensive than InstallShield Express and Visual Studio a tool we already have can do Merge Modules perfectly well All of the merge modules have been created with Visual Studio 2002 and can therefore be opened with Visual Studio 2002 or 2003 To create
94. Heales INO corresponds with the Fish_ID Field in the Fish table TSDate Date Time No No This is the Date Time for this modeled value WUA Number Double No No This is the modeled Weighted 79 1879 1880 Usable Area WUA value Flow Number Double No This is the Flow for this modeled value This is the Weighted Usable Area Data Extrapolation Method used in the Input Extrapolation Method Text 50 No No RID Dal H 2 me value NOTE Valid values are Method B or Method C This is the units of the Weighted Usable Area Data Extrapolation Method used in the Input Weighted Usable EMethod Units Text 50 No No Area WUA Data for this modeled value NOTE Valid values Ft 2 1000Ft or Percent of Maximum Habitat 80 NoteID Station Notes Stations Station Station Name TSData Station Parameter Code Descriptions Parameter Code Fish ID TSDate WUA Flow Extrapolation Method EMethod Units Parameter Code Parameter Name Fish ID Species Name Lifestage Name 1881 1882 6 Dependencies 1883 1884 The Time Series Analyst plug in requires the following software components and 1885 modules to be installed 1886 1887 Software 1888 MapWindow 3 1 1889 Visual Studio NET 2003 1890 1891 Modules and Components 1892 DSS Interface Definitions 1893 MapWindow Interfaces 1894 MapWinGIS Components 1895 1896 Integrated Development Environment IDE 1897 Visual St
95. LaunchPad Main Project This is the main DBMS LaunchPad When the LaunchPad is first run it will scan the computer for all requisite components and data items If something is missing it will provide the user with the opportunity to download and install it If all necessary components are present the DBMS will allow the user to edit data on the master server Gf the Administrative Edition is in use or the user may launch the Nooksack DSS The user may also check for updates this causes the DBMS to scan the local computer to see if any data items or binary components on the remote computer are newer than the local components data items If newer components are found the user may download and install the updates The LaunchPad may also be used to send a request to the server to update the databases that are available for download replication databases File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET frmChangeLog View vb This form shows the log of changes made to the database frmD1Status vb This is a simple status indicator used to show the progress in updating the remote databases This is used only if the user decides to wait for the server to finish rather than disconnecting frmEditFishDist vb Allows the user to change fish distribution for a drainage frmEditFishHabitatRestoration vb Allows the user to change the text block representing fish habitat
96. Location Parameter pairs where a Location consists of a Database Connection and Station pair frmMDBMultipleTS vb A form that plots a Multiple Database Multiple Time Series frmMDBMultipleTS resx Plot for the selected plot type Multiple Locations 1 Parameter or 1 Location Multiple Parameters where a Location consists of a Database Connection and Station pair frmMultipleTS vb A form that plots a Multiple Time Series Plot for the selected frmMultipleTS resx plot type Multiple Stations 1 Parameter or 1 Station Multiple Parameters frmNormalizeOptions vb frmNormalizeOptions resx A form that allows the user to specify settings for Normalizing a plot s values frmParameterList vb A form that allows the user to specify which parameters to frmParameterList resx view on the Parameter Summary plots or table or to use to create a summary report by parameter for all stations frmPluginKey vb A form to enter a Plug in Key so that the user can specify or frmPluginKey resx edit Database Connections NOTE This form is no longer being shown but is being left in the project frmSelectLayer vb Displays the form to select the optional point shapefile frmSelectLayer resx associated with a Database Connection to the Time Series Analyst plug in It allows the user to either select a shapefile already loaded into Map Window or to select one from disk This form will only be shown if the user decides to associate a shapefile w
97. NetBar dll Component used for MapWindow menus GridWizard dll MapWindow Grid Wizard plugin for processing grids MapWindow exe MapWindow main executable program 13 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 MapWindow31 chm Help file for MapWindow MapWinGIS ocx MapWindow core mapping ActiveX component MapWinlInterfaces dll MapWindow plugin interface definitions Microsoft VisualBasic Compatibility dll NET library for handling VB6 plugins Mscomctl msm Microsoft Common Controls library MSIMG32 dll Microsoft Image library mwldentifier dll MapWindow Feature Identifier plugin for examining maps ShapefileEditor dll MapWindow Shapefile Editor plugin TableEditor mw dll MapWindow Shapefile Table Editor plugin Tlbinf32 msm Microsoft Type Library Information object UnitedStates mwprj Example Project for USA Also includes many data items Model Manager Model Manager msm Installation Model Manager Merge Module Model Manager Model Manager sIn This merge module includes the Model Manager MapWindow plugin and it also includes the AddFlow components which it uses The files are placed in C Program Files Map W indow Plugins ModelManager Files Included AxInterop Addflow3Lib dll NET wrapper for Addflow ActiveX control DevComponents DotNetBar dll Used for the dockable menu
98. No Locally modified or created Table WaterUse Agricultural Description Stores the water use for agricultural purposes by month and by drainage Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments AgUse Numeric 8 Agricultural Use month Numeric 4 Month of year recordnumber Numeric 4 Record number LocallyModified Boolean h No No Locally modified or created Drainage Text Es No No Drainage Name Table WaterUse DomesticMunicipal Description Stores the water use for domestic and municipal purposes by month and by drainage Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments DomMun Numeric 80 Domestic Municapal Use month Numeric No No Month of year recordnumber Numeric a No No Record Number LocallyModified Boolean h No No Locally modified or created Drainage Text 75 Drainage Name 222 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 Table WaterUse Evapotranspiration Description Stores the water loss to evapotranspiration by month and by drainage Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Evap Numeric No No Evapotranspiration month Numeric Month of year recordnumber Numeric 4 No No Record Number LocallyModified Boolean h No No Locally modified or created Drainage Text 75 No No Drainage Name Table WaterUse Industrial Description Stores the water use for industrial purp
99. Number In UR No Yes corresponds with the StationID Field in Duplicates the tb ResultSet table Name Text 255 No No This is the Name of the Station Description Text 255 No This is the Description of the Station Yes Short Text 255 Duplicates No This is the Short Name for the Station Name OK 3l 1069 tblStations DBCode Name Description Short Name tbIResultSet DBCode StationID Name tblCrossSections DBCode ResultID ID Thalweg SZF tbIPDFs DBCode ResultID PDF Filename tblPhotographs DBCode ResultID Photo Filename Comments tblProductionFlows DBCode ResultID Flow tblSpecies DBCode ResultID Species Lifestage tblCrossSectionPoints DBCode XSecID Channel Index tblResultsHabefQ1Q2 DBCode XSecID HABBloc tblResultsHabtae tblResultsWSL DBCode XSecID WSLBloc tblResults Velocity DBCode tblResultsHabefSpeciesCompare XSecID DBCode XSecID HABBloc tblCalibrationSets DBCode XSecID ID WSL StageQ VELBloc tblCalibrationSetPoints DBCode CalSetID Point 2 Point 8 ManN tblSpeciesSI DBCode SpecidesID SI Type tblSpeciesSIType Point DBCode Name Value SI Description 1070 2 Data Needs 1071 1072 There are three types of data needed for 1 Habitat Viewer a point shapefile a 1073 database type and a database 1074 e Point Shapefile this needs to be in the same projection as the other shapefiles in 10
100. Number Integer No No Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of February for the given fish O Not Present 1 Present Periodicity Value for the Ist half of March for the given fish O Not Present 1 Present Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of March for the given fish O Not Present 1 Present Periodicity Value for the Ist half of April for the given fish 1 Present Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of May for the given fish O Not Present 1 Present Periodicity Value for the Ist half of June for the given fish O Not Present 1 Present Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of June for the given fish Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the Ist half of Jul 1 Number Integer No July for the given fish Note OzNot Present 1 Present 147 hPek 0 5 j Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of July for the given fish qus Number integer No bk Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the Ist half of August for the given fish Note O Not Present 1 Present Number Integer No Number Integer No Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of September for the given fish Number ns Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the Ist half of October for the given fis
101. Primary Key Comments Station Text 50 Yes Yes Shapefile Numeric No No USU Subbasin 50 No No Station Name Text 100 No No Location Text 200 State Text 50 No No County Text No No Latitude Numeric No No Longitude Numeric No No UTMX Numeric No No UTMY Numeric River Mile Numeric No No Station Type Text s No No NHDID Tex 50 No Wb Name Text 50 No No 229 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 WRIAI Shed Text 50 No LocallyModified Boolean 1 No No Locally modified or created Table WQData Description Actual Water Quality sampling data Contains values sampled with Parameter Code as most useful field to look up what the value sampled is Comments QAQC Data Source all look up to appropriate tables Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Station Text 255 Yes Agency Code Text 255 No No Date Date Time Depth Numeric No No Parameter Code Numeric Yes No Value Numeric Comment Code Text 255 QAQC Code 255 No Data Code Text 255 Source Database Text 255 LocallyModified Boolean No No Locally modified or created 2 GIS Data Needs MapWindow must be running with the WRIA 1 DSS project loaded Inside this project lay
102. Product File Name TempFolder MSDE setup exe Command Line on next line INSTANCENAME MSSQLSERVER BLANKSAPWD 1 SECURITY MODE SQL 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 Files Installed Always Install feature ProgramFilesFolder LaunchPad Nothing installed here but the path must exist for shortcuts The files installed here are put here by the DBMS merge module MapWindow Help Again nothing installed path is here for shortcuts The Merge module installs the needed files MapWindow Sample Data UnitedStates Again this is for the shortcuts The MapWindow merge module Places the sample data here Microsoft SQL Server MSSQL Data These are the databases and the database attachers Microsoft SQL Server MSSQL Data Resources 1033 SQLDMO rll This is the English language resource file for SQL Server WRIA 1_DSS This is the DSS Data and User Documentation TempFolder MSDE This is the MSDE installation program Special Actions If this installation is going to be used a computer with multiple users you ll need to perform the following steps 1 2 gt Build the installation normally Download and install ORCA a tool for editing installation databases http msdn microsoft com library default asp url library en us msi setup o
103. S may be edited via Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Manager a tool included with SQL Server 2000 or via any ODBC compatible data access utility Adding a report section can be done in Visual Studio by following these instructions a Create a new blank report Save it with the desired filename This filename will be used as the reportSwappedFor string below b Ifthe section has a map place the reportSwappedFor string in the NoDataValidation routine inside DataGeneration vb to ensure that a map image is always placed in the table at runtime c Ensure that the sectionLink number is unique This number is also used for the section headings Place a line for this unique number in the DataSources table 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 with the section heading and name The naming convention is that any number less than 100 is a subsection heading and anything 100 or over is a main heading d Place the sectionLink number in the SectionVisibility table along with the report section numbers that this report portion will use Failure to do this will result in the section never appearing e Place any data items in the report DO NOT use visual linking any selection formulas must be put by hand in the selection formula edito
104. Site type This specifies the node type for example if the node is a USU Intensive site or a Mixing Node etc Num flags This field contains the number of DO Flags at each Node 2923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3039 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 Num warn This field contains the number of DO Warnings at each Node Color If the Num flags Field has a value greater than zero the color is Red If the Num flags Field has a value of zero and the Num warn Field has a value greater than zero the color is Yellow If both Num flags and Num warn Fields contain a value of zero AND the Station na Field does not say No WQ Data the color is Green If the Station na Field says No WQ Data the color is Black 7 Dependencies The Time Series Analyst plug in requires the following software components and modules to be installed Software MapWindow 3 1 Visual Studio NET 2003 Modules and Components DSS Interface Definitions MapWindow Interfaces MapWinGIS Components Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2003 8 Setup To begin using the Temperature and DO Flags Model you must first load the Scenario Builder DSS Plug in into Map Window Once it is loaded click on the DSS Menu located on the Map Window Men
105. Text 50 Duplicates belongs to It corresponds with the OK Station Field in the Stations table Date ae No No This the Date Time of this value 75 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 Parameter Lon Number 8 Duplicates Code Integer OK Value Number Double No No This is the Daily Streamflow value 76 This is the Parameter Code for this sample It corresponds with the Parameter Code Field in Parameter Code Descriptions table Stations Station WOData Station Name Station Date Parameter_Code Value Parameter_Code Parameter_Code Parameter_Name Input Scenario Run Data Needs The daily flow values written by the Water Quantity Model for a scenario run are all stored with the same Parameter Name These Parameters follow the naming convention ScenarioID StreamFlow where the ScenarioID is the Scenario ID from the model run in the DSS Scenario Builder Although the Habitat Time Series Model with most likely be run in conjunction with the Water Quantity Model and the selected Input Scenario Run the Parameter Names in Parameter Code Descriptions table in the Input Daily Flow Database will follow the described naming convention it does not have to be selected from a Water Quantity Model Run so it can be named anything Input Model Nodes Shapefile Data Needs There are two
106. Type Size Field Key Comments A unique ID for each Well Material It Long does not need to be in a strict numerical CodeMaterial Numeric Yes Yes Integer order No Duplicates may be used For Example 1 2 3 20 etc The name of the Material This value is Material Text 50 No No what is viewed in the Legend of the Viewer An alphabetic value that is used to indicate an ordering for selecting or order aon D NO n viewing the valid Materials For Example a b C Y Z etc Table Material_Colors Description Contains the associated material code an RGB value and a description for each color This table needs to have a 1 1 correlation with the Material_Codes table so that there is an assigned color for each valid material These colors are used to display the Database Stored Well Logs in the Well Log Data Viewer Field Size Key Field EM Comments A unique ID for each Well Material It corresponds with the _ Long Yes CodeMaterial Field the CodeMaterial Numeric Integer No No Material_Codes table There needs Duplicates to be one entry in this table for every entry in the Material_Codes table a 1 1 correlation 237 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 This 1s the RGB value stored as R G B for the color for the RGB Value Text 50 No No associated material Each R G and B value ranges from 0 255 For Example RGB Value 0 0 0 This is
107. VB The project needs to include the following files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET clsMainPhabTS vb Contains a class that implements the Map Window plug in interface and the DSS Model Interface and other functions for editing the parameters for and running the Temperature and DO Flags Model frmConfiguration vb frmConfiguration resx A Database Configuration form This form is shown when the user edits an Input or Output Database It allows the user to specify the Path for an Access Database The connection for the specified values can then be tested to make sure a valid database is specified To save the selected settings click on the Save Changes button to cancel the changed settings close the form with the Red X button at the top of the form This form will only be shown if the user decides to edit any of the Input or Output databases already associated with the Temperature and DO Flags model frmParameters vb frmParameters resx A form that allows the user to view and edit the set the Input and Output Parameters for the Temperature and DO Flags Model frmSelectLayer vb frmSelectLayer resx A form to select the Input Model Nodes point shapefile for the Temperature and DO Flags Model It allows the user to either select a shapefile already loaded into Map Window or to select one from disk This form will only be shown if the use
108. Value2 amp m Summary amp result value Return True Else If the input file was not found then report an error DssManager ReportError Me Could not find the input file amp _ input path amp Model could not execute Return False End If End Function 3123 3124 Figure 9 Execute function 3125 3126 remaining task is to return summary reports so that the Model Manager can combine 3127 the summary reports from all the models that were run in a layout Public ReadOnly Property ResultsSummary As String _ Implements DssIntfcLib IDssModel ResultsSummary Get Return m Summary End Get End Property 3128 3129 Figure 10 Results summary 3130 3131 The model is now complete If you have understood the process to this point you should be able 3132 tocreate a Model Manager wrapper for any model that you have written 3133 130 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 Technical Documentation Photo Viewer Last Revision 06 15 06 Table of Contents 1 Table Designs Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Descriptions and Notes Table Relationship Diagrams 2 Data Needs Type Location of Data Tagson Layers 3 Dependencies Software Module and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE 4 Setup gt Setup 5 Code Compiling 1
109. WRIA 1 DSS TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION MANUAL 28 29 30 3l 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 Table of Contents Installation Technology Overview pe e iso ila ins eua rhe eae 1 Detailed Explanation of Installations and Merge 5 Technical Documentation The 1D Habitat 21 Technical Documentation The 2D Habitat Viewer 22 21 Technical Documentation Best Management Practices 1 01 50 Technical Documentation the Nooksack DBMS LaunchPad eene 56 Technical Documentation The Habitat Time Series 67 Technical Documentation Lake Whatcom Water Quality 85 Technical Documentation Land Cover Changer Tool eene 90 Technical Documentation Land Cover Summarizer 2 93 Technical Documentation The Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer eese 96 Technical Documentation The Photo 131 Technical Documentation The Periodicity Viewer Editor eee 140 Technical Documentation Water Quantity Model see
110. WaterManagement mdb FBOWaterManagement mdb Table MonthlyDemand Provides information on monthly variation of water demand Field Name Data Type Description InYearDemandType Long Integer Index matching the InYearDemandType field in User table Name Text Monthly Demand Name Monthl Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate Month2 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate Month3 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate Month4 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate Month5 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate Month6 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate 155 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 Month7 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate Month8 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate Month9 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rat
111. Well Log Data Viewer is a fairly straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components discussed in Section 3 Dependencies are present load the project into Visual Studio Net 2002 This Plug in was created using Visual Basic VB The project needs to include the following files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET clsMainMWI vb Contains a class that implements the MapWindow plugin interface FolderUtils vb Contains a class to access global functions for Folder Functions Database Functions and Other Functions frmConfiguration vb frmConfiguration resx Displays the Connection form for the SQL database type This form is only displayed when adding Database Data and connecting to an SQL database It allows the user to set the Server Address User information and Database Name frmDBConnection vb frmDBConnection resx Displays the Connection form that allows the user to associate the data with the Well Log Data Viewer plug in There are two areas on this form one for each type of data that can be associated Scanned Data and Database Data frmSelectLayer vb frmSelectLayer resx Displays the form to select the associated point shapefile with the Photo Viewer plug in It allows the user to either select a shapefile already loaded into Map Window or to select one from disk frmWell Viewer vb Displays the
112. a Needs have been configured properly and the database is accessible then the Periodicity Viewer Editor will appear allowing the user to select and view Periodicity and Fish Distribution data for available nodes If the data associations have not been properly set then a Connection Form will appear allowing you to set the shapefile and database Then after the shapefile and database have been properly associated select the periodicity icon amp from the Map Window toolbar and the viewer will appear allowing the user to view the data 151 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 See the User s Manual for more information and details on associating the data with the Periodicity Viewer Editor 5 Code Compiling Compiling the Periodicity Viewer Editor is a fairly straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components discussed in Section 3 Dependencies are present load the project into Visual Studio Net 2003 This Plugin was created using Visual Basic VB The project needs to include the following files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET clsPeriodicityMain vb Contains a class that implements the MapWindow plugin interface frmDBConnection vb Displays the Connection form that allows the user to associate the frmDBConnection resx shapefile shapefile field and database with the Periodicity Vie
113. a name for the Index values used by get ParamValue and set Param Value string ResultsSummary This function is a get parameter which should return a summary of the execution of the model The model manager will call this function after calling Execute to get the results of the execution The function should return a string specifying any input files that were used and any output files that were created and the string should also summarize any actions taken during execution The summary should also contain any error string which may have been generated The text returned by this function will appear in the scenario log 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 Some of the functions in the Model Manager return an object called IDssManager This is reference to the Model Manager that s currently running your scenario element The methods available on this object are as follows again shown in C syntax HRESULT ReportProgress IDssModel sender BSTR Message long PercentDone This function is used to report the progress of your scenario element s execution to the Scenario Builder the percentage done will be reflected in the progress bar along with the message you give The HRESULT return may be ignored in m
114. a new merge module from scratch choose New Project from the File menu Select Setup or Deployment project then choose Merge Module You ll get an empty list from here you may add an executable dependencies will automatically be determined and added You may also add any other file type Do this by either dragging a file in or right clicking and choosing Add File The path which files are configured to install to in the merge module will carry over to the installation that uses the merge module the installer using the merge module cannot specify a different path to install the files unless you place files in the retargetable folder Therefore place the files carefully paying attention to directory structure You may change where the merge module output goes by right clicking on the project in the right hand pane Choose Properties and you ll see a window with a text box labeled Project output Change this to the place you d like the merge module to go Build the merge module by choosing Build from the menu When the file has been built remember to place the resulting msm in the proper location For InstallShield Express this is c Program Files InstallShield Express Objects If you re using Visual Studio or any other installation utility you ll likely need to place the merge module in c Program Files Common Files Merge Modules After rebuilding an existing merge module simply overwrite the old one 244 245
115. a ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pego32a ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pego32b ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pegrpl6a dll Contains requisite libraries used by the ActiveX controls Pegrp32a dll Contains requisite libraries used by the ActiveX controls Pegrp32b dll Contains requisite libraries used by the ActiveX controls Pepcol6a ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pepco32a ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pepsol6a ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pepso32a ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pesgol6a ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pesgo32a ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pesgo32b ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control MapWindow 3 1 MapWindow3 1 msm Installation Map Window3 IMerge Module MapWindow3 1 MapWindow3 1 MapWindow3 sIn This is a merge module intended to wrap MapWindow 3 1 and all of its immediate dependencies together All of the files are placed in C Program Files MapWindow There are a bunch of files ending in bgd shp shx and dbf that are not listed here These are data items used by the sample project USA Files Included Interop MapWinGIS dll NET wrapper for MapWinGIS ActiveX control AxInterop MapWinGIS dll NET wrapper for MapWinGIS ActiveX control Comdlg32 msm Common Dialog controls Save As Open Default mwcfg The default MapWindow configuration file DevComponents Dot
116. able and the tbIWUA MethodC table The ID for the Species that this Long x Lifestage belongs to It corresponds Number Integer Duplicates Ne with the Species_ID Field in the OK tblSpecies table Lifestage Name Text 255 Name of the Lifestage Table tblNodes Description Contains the Node Info ID Drainage Info Reach Info for all available nodes Field Type Size Key Field Comments Auto Lon NodeID 8 No Yes This is a unique ID for each Node Number Integer Duplicates This is the ID for this Node It is the value that corresponds with NodeID Yes co is Rei ded on odes Point apefile t also Note Number us S We corresponds with nf Node_ID Field in the tblPeriodicity table the tblIWUA MethodB table and the tbIWUA MethodC 68 1759 1760 1761 1762 Yes P J Drainage ID Number Long Duplicates No This is the ID for the Drainage that Integer OK this node belongs to Diainase Name 255 No No This is the Name of the Drainage that this node belongs to Yes e 2 Reach ID Nuber Long Duplicates No This is the ID for the Reach that this Integer node belongs to OK Reach Naine iea 255 No No This is the Name of the Reach that this node belongs to Table tblPeriodicity Description Contains the Bi Monthly Periodicity values Field Type Size Key Field e Comments Periodicity ID Auto Long No Yes This is a unique I
117. age frmEditNewlItem vb Allows the user to select a new water management time to edit frmEditSourceMixing vb Allows the user to select the source mixing for a water user s souces frmEditSourceMixingPeriods vb Allows the user to edit a source mixing period frmImperviousAreas vb Allows the user to edit the impervious area data for a WRIA 1 drainage frmInputs vb Allows the user to select the data locations for the model inputs and outputs frmProgress vb A form containing a progress bar to show the progress of an activity frmSelectLayer vb Contains the routines used to select a layer from MapWindow s view frmSelectModelDirectory vb A form containing a DirectoryPicker component which allows the user to select a directory from the file system or a directory to be created by the Water Quantity Model in the current DSS Scenario Run frmSelectScenario vb Allows the user to select a previously run DSS scenario by id 164 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 frmSelectSources vb Allows the user to select water sources for a water user frmWaterRights vb Allows the user to edit water management for the Water Quantity Model ImperviousAreas xml Contains the default impervious areas and artificial drainage values Written to disk next to mw WaterQuantityModel dll if it doesn t exist ImperviousX MLFile vb Contains the
118. agement purposes EditReservoirData vb Custom component allowing users to edit reservoir data for water management purposes EditReturnFlowData vb Custom component allowing users to edit return flow data for water management purposes EditRightsData vb Custom component allowing users to edit water rights data for water management purposes EditSeasonsDefinitionsData vb Custom component allowing users to edit seasons definition data for water management purposes EditSourceData vb Custom component allowing users to edit source data for water management purposes EditUserData vb Custom component allowing users to edit user data for water management purposes EditWatershedInfo vb Custom component allowing users to view watershed information for water management purposes FlowWriter vb Contains the routines used to write flow data output by the TopNet model to a simulated streamflow database Folder ico An icon used in frmWaterRights to represent a group of users within a WRIA 1 Drainage frmArtificialDrainages vb Allows the user to view edit the artificial drainage a k a agricultural drainage values for a WRIA 1 Drainage frmConfiguration vb Contains the routines used to select a database frmEditExistingItem vb Allows the user to select an existing water management item to edit frmEditImperviousArea vb Allows the user to edit impervious area data for a WRIA 1 drain
119. al False CopyLocal False CopyLocal True CopyLocal True CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False Now that these settings have been set correctly click the Build icon or select Build from the menu mwPhabSim1DViewer dll has now been created with Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 It is created in the mwPhabSim1DViewer subdirectory in the Plugins folder Next time that MapWindow is run if the mwPhabSim1DViewer dll was built to the correct folder the updated changes to the 1D Habitat Viewer will be available 36 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 Technical Documentation 2D Habitat Viewer Last Revision 06 13 06 Table of Contents 1 Table Design Table Descriptions and Notes gt Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Relationship Diagrams 2 Data Needs gt Type Location of Data Tagson Layers 3 Dependencies Software Modules and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE 4 Setup gt Setup 5 Code Compiling Project Files Reference Settings 37 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1 Table Design Following is a list of tables that must be included with the 2D Habitat Viewer Database Other tables
120. ameters vb Contains the variable definitions for the Input Parameter Names modShapefile vb Contains the variable definitions and functions for accessing data on the associated Model Nodes Shapefiles see Section 3 Input Model Nodes Shapefile Data Needs modUtils vb Contains functions used throughout the project for reporting errors accessing files and other functionality Now that the files and resources are there and the project is loaded into Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 please double check a couple of settings These settings are all related to the references associated with the project see Section 6 Dependencies Reference Settings ADODB DssIntfcLib MapWinGIS MapWinInterfaces stdole System System Data System Drawing System Windows Forms System XML CopyLocal False CopyLocal True CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False Now that these settings have been set correctly click the Build icon or select Build from the menu The mwPhabTimeSeriesModel dll has now been created with Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 It is created in the mwTimeSeries subdirectory in the Plugins ModelManager Elements mwPhabTimeSeriesModel folder Next time that MapWindow is run if the mwPhabTimeSeriesModel dll was built to the correct folder the updated changes to the Habitat Time Series Model w
121. and information may exist but these tables must follow the described naming conventions spelling and cases and types for each table and its parameters NOTE Some of the data in this database and some of the files used by the 2D Habitat Viewer plug in were created using a specialized 2D Data Importer The data created using this importer is in a specialized format that can only be written using this program Table tblBackgroundImageFiles Description Contains the available Background Image File name and location for a given station Field Type Key Field o Comments Yes Background ID CODE No Yes Number nteger Duplicates i8 Yes Station ID Number Duplicates No Integer OK Image Filename Text 255 No Unique ID for each Background Image The ID for the Station that this Background Image belongs to It corresponds with the Station ID Field in the tblStations table This is the File path where the Background Image is located This file must be in a BMP PNG or GIF format If this Background Image has a World File associated with it the World File needs to located next to the Background Image File NOTE This value is a relative path value It is stored relative to this database For Example Station BackgroundImage Filename bmp 38 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 Table tblFishDistribution Description Contains th
122. apefiles Watershed 4 Dependencies The Water Quantity Model Interface requires the following software to be installed Software MapWindow 3 1 DSS Model Manager Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2003 Complete Install The Water Quantity Model requires the data output by the following DSS elements Land Cover Summary Tool The Water Quantity Model Fortran Executable is provided as a standalone executable without any dependencies 5 Setup Water Quantity Model Interface The WRIA 1 DSS Installation installs the Water Quantity Model in the MapWindow Plugins folder This is usually located at C Program Files MapWindow Plugins ModelManager Elements 6 Building To compile the Water Quantity Model Interface Management Practices Tool add the files below to a Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 Visual Basic NET Library Project mw WaterQuantityModel project files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET BasinParsFile vb Contains the routines used to write an updated basinpars txt file for the TopNet model input DBClient vb Contains the routines used to connect to a database DirectoryPicker vb Custom component that allows a user to select a directory from the computer s file system 163 EditMonthlyDemandData vb Custom component allowing users to edit monthly demand data for water man
123. ary 6 0 MSVCP60 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp This provides libraries and dependencies needed by software developed with Microsoft Visual C 6 0 19 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 89 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 Microsoft Chart Control 6 0 MSCHRT20 MSM This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp This provides the Microsoft Chart control a simple bar chart style control Microsoft Chart VB Control Control mschart RTL X86 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp This provides the Microsoft Chart control a simple bar chart style control packaged specifically for use with Visual Basic Microsoft Common Dialog Control 6 0 COMDLG32 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp This provides the DLL used to create common dialogs such as Print Save As Open and such Microsoft Component Category Manager Library COMCAT msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp This is a core requirement for most Windows applications that use ActiveX Microsoft Data Access Components MDAC 2 5 MDAC25 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp It provides the Data Access components specifically the ODBC Open Database Compatibility interface and a bunch of drivers for interacting with various database formats This is version 2 5 of the components MDAC 2 6 MDAC2
124. at Database Table Design If it is not 1842 present then no data will be written to the Output Database a message will be in the log 1843 explaining why and the Habitat Time Series Model will complete successfully 1844 1845 The Weighted Usable Area WUA data is located in two tables MethodB and 1846 tbIWUA MethodC The table MethodB is used to store the data that was created 1847 using the Method Data Extrapolation Method The table thlWUA_MethodC is used to 1848 store data that was created using the Method C Data Extrapolation Method The data in 1849 these tables is stored by reference to the Node Fish and Flow for that Weighted Usable 1850 Area WUA value 1851 1852 5 Output Database Table Design 1853 1854 Following is a list of tables that must be included with the Output Database Other tables 1855 and information may exist but these tables must follow the described naming 1856 conventions spelling and cases and types for each table and its parameters 1857 1858 1859 Table Fish 1860 Description Contains the Fish Species and Lifestage that have been modeled with the 1861 Habitat Times Series Model Field Type Key Field ong Comments This is a unique ID for each Fish A Long Hos Fish is a Species and Lifestage pair Fish ID Number No Yes EBEN Integer Dub lean This values is passed from the Habitat P Time Series Model It corresponds T4 1862 1863 1864 1865 186
125. ated entered manually This database needs to be organized as described in Section 1 Table Design The layer corresponding with the point shapefile stated above is marked with the tag 2DIntensiveSites If the user removes the layer associated with this tag without first closing the 2D Habitat Viewer plug in then the Shapefile settings will be reset and if the Project is then saved then the Shapefile Connection Settings in the project file will also be over written As stated above the shapefile requires one field to be found in the data table Following is the description of the required Field in the shapefile an example field name the field type a description of the data that gets entered into this field and how the field data 15 associated with the data in the database Required data layer field a Station ID Integer The ID for the Station at this location It corresponds with the Station ID field in the tb Stations table found in the database Each value that is found in this field in the shapefile also needs to be found in the database 3 Dependencies The 2D Habitat Viewer plug in requires the following software components and modules to be installed Software Gigasoft s ProEssentials Graphing Tools Version 4 MapWindow 3 1 Windows Media Player Visual Studio NET 2003 Modules and Components Gigasoft ProEssentials Sci Graph v4 ICSharpCode SharpZipLib 46 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 13
126. aterbody Response Model WWCM project files File Name Purpose rqn f95 WRIA wide Coarse Waterbody Response Model Fortran 95 source file rqn bat Fortran compiler script for creating 1f95 rqn f95 src apifunctions obj xe r exe ml 1 95 wqlibs c imp WWCM executable executable is r exe apifunctions f95 Library of file management routines through Windows API Conversion of LWWLM output to binary format for Fortran model use am bat See below Fortran compiler script for creating WWCM executable qsetup_n f95 Manager of model execution for a single time step setscn_n f95 Scenario setup routine executed for each time step nrmodules f95 set of numerical routines reachstructures f95 coordinates watershed structure definition condensedll f95 stringfunctions f95 set of string manipulation routines datesubmod f95 set of date substitution routines utils f95 set of miscellaneous file access routines wglibs c dll Dynamic link library holding all of the above routines cnd exe Converts NodeResultsvwxyz txt files to NodeTSzzz txt cnodestots f95 Source code for cnd exe cnd bat Fortran compiler script for creating cnd exe 1 95 cnodestots f95 src apifunctions obj src nrmodules obj src reachstructures obj srcNutils obj src datesubmod obj exe cnd exe The rp exe file is built using the Lahey Professional Fortran compile
127. ating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET clsWRIA WideWQModel vb Runs the course resolution water quality model given the settings provided DBClient vb Contains the routines used to connect to a database DirectoryPicker vb Custom component which allows a user to select a directory from the computer s file system frmConfiguration vb Contains the routines used to select a database frmInputs vb Allows the user to select the location of input and output data for the model frmSelectModelDirectory vb A form containing a DirectoryPicker component which allows the user to select a directory from the file system or a directory to be created by the Water Quantity Model in the current DSS Scenario Run frmSelectScenario vb Allows the user to select a DSS Scenario Run Id from a list of previously run DSS Scenarios WRIA WideWaterQualityModel vb Implements MapWindow Plugin and DSS Interface routines allowing the Course Resolution Model to act as a MapWindow Plugin and a DSS element Add the following references to the project DssIntfcLib dll MapWinlInterfaces dll mwBestManagementPractice dll System dll System Data dll System Drawing dll System Windows Forms dll System Xml dll You are now ready to compile the project by clicking the Build Solution menu option under the menu Build 248 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 WRIA wide Coarse W
128. ation NOTE Available miscellaneous Media File Types are AVI Aerial View PDF Photograph and Habitat Suitability Curve Definition Files Field Type Size Key Field Comments Long 2 This is a unique ID for each Media Media Files ID AutoNumber No Yes Integer File Duplicates Yes This is the ID for the Station that Station ID Number nd Duplicates No pus Media ha belongs o s Integer OK corresponds with the Station_ID Field in the tblStations table Yes This is the Media Type for this Long Media File It corresponds with the ID Number Integer d Media Type ID Field in the tblMediaTypes table This is the File path where the Media File is located NOTE This value is a relative path Media Filename Text 255 No No value It is stored relative to this database For Example tation Miscellaneous Filename ext This contains any information that Comments Memo No No is needed to be displayed or noted about this Media File Table tbIMediaTypes Description Contains the available miscellaneous Media File Types NOTE This table should already be completed for you Only these types are viewable Field Type Size Key Field ere Comments This is a unique ID for each Long bi Media Type It corresponds with Media p RUtoINHIIBer Oe TET Yes ihe Media Field in the 5 thlMediaFiles table This is the name of the Media Media_Type Text 50 No No
129. base Table Design and Data Needs gt Table Descriptions and Notes gt Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Relationship Diagrams gt Scenario Run Data Needs 3 Input Model Nodes Shapefile Data Needs gt Type Location of Data Tagson Layers Necessary Fields Selecting Nodes for Modeling 4 Weighted Usable Area WUA Data Needs Extrapolation Method Information 5 Output Database Table Design Table Descriptions and Notes gt Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Relationship Diagrams 6 Dependencies Software Modules and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE 7 Setup gt Setup 8 Code Compiling Project Files Reference Settings 67 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1 Input Habitat Database Table Design Following is a list of tables that must be included with the Input Habitat Database Other tables and information may exist but these tables must follow the described naming conventions spelling and cases and types for each table and its parameters Table tblLifestages Description Contains the Lifestage Information for each of the Species that are available Field Type Size Key Field Hoa Comments Unique ID for each Lifestage Yes available It corresponds with the E Auto Long Lifestage ID Field in the Number nteger E tblPeriodicity table the tbIWUA MethodB t
130. ber Integer No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Number Integer No Number Integer No Periodicity Value for the 2 half of September for the given fish node Number Integer No pair O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of October for the given fish node pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 2 half of October for the given fish node pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 1 half of November for the given fish node Number Integer No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2 half of November for the given fish node Number Integer No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of December for the given fish node Number Integer No Number Integer No 5 2 2 oT 3 gt E N B S N Number Integer No pair Note O Not Present l Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2 half of Dese obet Ne No December for the given fish node 71 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 tt d Table tblSpecies Description Contains the Species Information ID Name for each one available Field Type Size Key Field Comments Yes species ID 2 pum ere Ne Duplicat
131. cation Perennial Ice Snow 21 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Low Intensity Residential 22 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification High Intensity Residential 23 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Commercial Industrial Transportation 3l Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Bare Rock Sand Clay 32 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Quarries Strip Mines Gravel Pits 33 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Transitional 41 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Deciduous Forest 51 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 42 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Evergreen Forest 43 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Mixed Forest 51 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Shrubland 61 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Orchards Vineyards 71 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Grasslands Herbaceous 81 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Pasture Hay 82 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Row Crops 83 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Small Grai
132. ceo Comments This is a unique ID for each den Calibration Set It corresponds with DBCode AutoNumber Long Integer es Des Yes ie CRAD Ted the P tblCalibrationSetPoints table 23 988 989 990 99 992 993 994 Yes This is the ID for the Cross Section that this Calibration Set belongs to XSecID Number Long Integer Tr DE No It corresponds with the DBCode Field in the tb CrossSections table This is an ID for this Calibration Set that is unique for the given Yes Cross Section Number Long Integer Duplicates No NOTE This value can be OK duplicated for each unique Cross Section but it cannot be duplicated within the same Cross Section ID This is the Water Surface Level WSL Number Single No No WSL value for this Calibration Set This is the StageQ that the WSL StageQ Number Singe No No value represents for this Calibration Set Table tblCrossSectionPoints Description Contains the Point Location X Y and Z values and the Channel Index for each point in the given Cross Section NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Key Field EM Comments Yes 274 DBCode AutoNumber Long No vag This is a unique ID for each Cross Integer Section point Duplicates Yes This is the ID for the Cross Section Long that this point belongs to It Integer el corresponds with the DBCode Field in the tb CrossSections table X 2
133. corresponds with Parameter_Code Number Long Duplicates No Farometers Code Hielo e tne Integer Parameter Code Descriptions QE Table Value Number Double No Yes This corresponds with Comment Code Text 255 Duplicates No sommen Code Ped de Comment Code Descriptions OK Table Yes This corresponds with QAQC Code Text 235 Duplicates No QAQC Code Field in the OK QAQC Code Descriptions Table Yes This corresponds with the Data Code Text 255 Duplicates No Data Code Field in the Data Code OK Descriptions Table This corresponds with Yes Source Database Text 255 Duplicates No Database Meld ae Source_Database Descriptions p Table Table WQ Criteria Description This table is not used by the Temperature and DO Flags Model and is blank Field Type Size Key Field E Comments Long Parameter Code Number Yes Duplicates OK No Integer Parameter Name 50 No No Primary Criterion Number Double No No Secondary Criterion Number Double No No Criterion Test Text 50 No No 172 3876 3877 Stations WQData GroupNames Group_ID Group_Name GroupStations WQ Criteria Parameter_Code Parameter_Name Primary Criterion Secondary Criterion Criterion Test 3878 3879 Agency_Code Descriptions Agency_ID Agency_Code Agency_Description Comment_Code Descriptions Comment Code Description QAQC Code
134. cription Temporary database table used to store flow data for each drainage during a scenario simulation Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments inDrainage Text 75 KEY SOURCE Tex 75 Yes No PRIORITY D Text 50 No Priority Date DOCUMENT T Tex 50 No KEY MAIN Text 75 Yes No SOURCE Text 50 No No Source PURPOSE LI 50 No LAST NAME 75 No Last Name FIRST NAME 75 No First Name 220 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 459 4592 4593 BUSINESS N Text 5 No No Business Name CFS Float No No Cubic feet per second GPM Float B No No Gallons per minute ACRE FEET Float 8 No Acre feet ACRES IRR Float No No Acres irrigated RELATED DO Text 75 No Locally Modified Boolean n No No Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportWaterUse Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table holds the water use information for all of the reporting drainages combined and summarized from the WaterUse tables Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Flow Numeric No No Flow Precip Numeric 8 Precipitation IndUse Numeric No No Landuse Evap Numeric B No No Evapotranspiration AgUse Numeric 8 No No Agricultural Use DomMun Numeric
135. ct is described below mwDSS Model Manager Scenario Builder Project File Name Purpose DataManager DataManager vb Automates the connection to the underlying DSS database Images Contains various images used within forms such as the start and stop images for scenarios ScenarioBuilder AddFlow Wrapper vb This is the container for the ActiveX addflow component instantiated once for each open 107 scenario ScenarioBuilder frmAuthenticate vb Used to set the scenario password ScenarioBuilder frmConfiguration vb This form is used to configure the database connection for the scenario builder ScenarioBuilder frmEditBaseData vb This allows editing of the file paths for the base data stored in the underlying DSS database ScenarioBuilder frmLog Viewer vb This provides a user interface to view the scenario run log generated by a scenario run ScenarioBuilder frmNodeProps vb Displays the properties of the model element or node currently selected in the scenario ScenarioBuilder frmScenarioBuilder DockManager xml Settings file controlling the menu items and the attributes of those items within the scenario builder Read by the DotNetBar ActiveX control ScenarioBuilderMrmScenarioBuilder vb Main scenario builder form Utilizes DotNetBar and AddFlow through the wrapper to put together the form on initialization ScenarioBuilderMrmScenarioProps
136. ction 3 Dependencies are present load the project into Visual Studio Net 2003 This Plugin was created using C C Sharp The project needs to include the following files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo cs Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by C NET bug ico Bug icon that is used in the MapWindow Toolbar and on the Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource dbManager cs Class that contains variables and functions to access and read the sample data stored in the associated database frmDBConnection cs Displays the Connection form that allows the user to associate the frmDBConnection resx access database with the Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer plug in 102 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 4357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 frmErrorDialog cs frmErrorDialog resx Displays the form to display an Error Message when an error occurs in the Plugin It allows the user to view the specific details of an error if they desire frmMacroDataViewer cs frmMacroDataViewer resx Displays the Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer form You show the viewer by selecting the bug icon from the Map Window toolbar This form contains plots tables to display the data contained in the associated database Globals cs C
137. ctory underneath Plugins a stdole dll b MapWinlInterfaces dll c Microsoft VisualBasic Compatibility dll d MapWinGIS ocx These items may appear in the same directory as MapWindow exe Files such as AxInterop MapWinGIS dll and Interop MapWinGIS dll can be in the plugins subdirectory but not MapWinGIS ocx itself With these tips you should be able to use InstallShield express fairly easily If you have questions on using InstallShield the software comes with a Quick Start guide which can be quite useful There is also in depth documentation available in the help menu 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 Merge Modules Often it is desirable to build a reusable installation package for a given component Take for instance MapWindow 3 1 This software package is used as the basis for a wide variety of applications and purposes It doesn t make sense to put together a MapWindow installation every time it is needed To solve this problem we use Merge Modules A merge module is an installation module which is usually self contained and doesn t need anything else to have the complete piece For instance the MapWindow merge module contains the MapWindow software and all of the dependencies that MapWindow needs Merge modules are also often use
138. d to group together a component and all of that component s dependencies An example of this is the AddFlow flowcharting component This component is a single file but it has a few dependencies So this single file and all of its dependencies are packaged together into AddFlow msm which is a self contained package providing the AddFlow charting component and everything it needs Any application which needs this component then can include the merge module in its installation without needing to worry if all of the dependencies and such have also been included This is a great way to modularize components and simplify a large installation One more example of merge modules is the Time Series Analyst merge module This software requires MapWindow since it s a MapWindow plugin However the merge module does NOT include MapWindow It does however include all of the other dependencies Gigasoft Proessentials Windows components et cetera This provides a bit more flexibility if you want to put together an installation to give the Time Series Analyst to somebody who you already know has MapWindow you could put together an InstallShield installation containing the Time Series merge module and a database with a few shapefiles excluding MapWindow on purpose If you wanted to give the installation to users without MapWindow you could simply include the MapWindow merge module as well Using merge modules slows down development slightly in the begi
139. ded with the station information corresponding to the nodes at which streamflow is simulated The second of these WaterQuantityStreamflowSimRef mdf contains four reference simulations Historic Existing without water management Existing and Full Build out that USU conducted for the 45 year period of record 10 1 1959 to 12 31 2005 The following GIS files are provided with the DSS to facilitate interpretation of the Surface Water Quantity Model output e points_of_interest_v8 shp Nodes shp e Nooknet shp points_of_interest_v8 shp identifies the points where streamflow is simulated by the TOPNET model including names and station identifiers used by WRIA Nodes shp provides a cross reference between the sequential node numbering that TOPNET uses internally and the node numbering on points_of_interest_v8 shp See the Task 4 1 report Surface Water Quantity Model Development and Calibration for the node numbering schema definitions Nooknet shp is the stream network shapefile representing stream reaches derived during the process of setting 162 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 up the Water Quantity Model and depicting the connectivity between nodes used in the simulation By default these shapefiles are installed in C program files WRIA 1_DSS DSS_Data GIS_Data Sh
140. downloaded from filesize Numeric No No Size of the file in bytes 57 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 Database ChangeLog Table Changes Description Contains a log of who has changed data in the database This table is filled by triggers on every SQL server table Field Type Size Indexed s 5 Comments tablename Text 150 No The name of the table modified datemodified Date Time No No Date the changes were made EN Text 150 No No The hostname of the computer making the changes Text 150 No No The username if retrievable of the user making the changes appname Text 150 No Name of application making change actiontaken Text 150 No Action taken insert delete update TINGE No No Record number altered in the table if available Table CommonUsers Description Known users who make changes to the database Related to the table above by username Provides descriptive information about known users who make changes Field Type Size Indexed i Comments ER Text 255 No Username corresponding to the username in Changes commonname Text 255 No No The full name or descriptive information 2 Dependencies The DBMS requires the following software components and modules to be installed Software Visual Studio NET 2002 Microsoft SQL Server 2000 optional
141. e Month10 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate Month1 1 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate Month12 Long Integer Multipliers to adjust the daily demand for this month with respect to default daily demand rate Table Reservoir Provides data on reservoirs to water management model Field Name Data Type Description ReservoirID Long Integer Unique identifier for reservoir Name Text Reservoir Name DrainageID Long Integer WRIAI drainage where reservoir is located InOffStream Long Integer Reservoir type 1 Instream 2 Offstream RightID Long Integer ID of water right for this reservoir MaxStore Double Maximum storage InitialStore Double Initial storage MinStore Double Minimum storage m MaxInFlow Double Maximum inflow m 5 MaxWithdrawal Double Maximum withdrawal m s MinEnvRelease Double Minimum environment release m 5 LossRate Double Loss rate m 5 Table ReturnFlow Provides information on return flows for the water management model Field Name Data Type Description ReturnFlowID Long Integer Unique identifier for return flow matching ReturnFlowID in User table Name Text Return Flow Name 156 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 NumReturnFlows
142. e WellLog2 ico It is used as the MapWindow Legend picture when using a custom image for the point shapefile associated with the Database Data NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource WellReport2 bmp Bitmap version of the WellReport2 ico It is used as a custom image for the point shapefile associated with the Scanned Data NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource WellReport2 ico It is used as the MapWindow Legend picture when using a custom image for the point shapefile associated with the Scanned Data NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource Now that the files and resources are there and the project is loaded into Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2002 please double check a couple of settings These settings are all related to the references associated with the project see Section 3 Dependencies Reference Settings AxPEGOALib CopyLocal True AxPESGOALib CopyLocal True MapWinGIS CopyLocal False MapWinlInterfaces CopyLocal False PEGOALib CopyLocal True PESGOALib CopyLocal True stdole CopyLocal False System CopyLocal False System Data CopyLocal False System Design CopyLocal False System Drawing CopyLocal False System Windows Forms CopyLocal False System XML CopyLocal False Now that these settings have been set correctly click the Build icon or select Build from the menu The mwWellViewer dll has now been created with Microsoft Visual Studi
143. e an Employed civilian population 16 8 No 194 Employed civitan population years and over Female Mining Employed civilian population Name S fo fo years and over Female Transpol Employed civilian population 16 No 195 42776 4277 4278 years and over Female Informat Employed civilian population 16 years and over Female Finance Pene ne Employed civilian population 16 Numeric ls No N years and over Female Finance E Employed civilian population 16 8 years and over Female Real est No No Employed civilian population 16 Nunee 8 N N years and over Female Professi id s Employed civilian population 16 8 years and over Female Profess 1 Numers De nS Employed civilian population 16 8 years over Female Manageme Wuere ne No Employed civilian population 16 8 years and over Female Administ Dumenie ne Employed civilian population 16 8 years and over Female Educatio Ne bs Employed civilian population 16 8 years and over Female Educatil Nueng Ne ne Employed civilian population 16 8 years and over Female Health c SUEDE No Ne Employed civilian population 16 8 years and over Female Arts en Dumene Ne uli Employed civilian population 16 8 years and over Female Arts el umen ne Employed civilian population 16 8 years and over Female Accommod Ne ne Emp
144. e available Fish Distribution File names types and locations for each Species NOTE this set of data is not based on Station it is Area wide Field Type Size Key Field 5 Comments Auto This is a unique ID for each Fish FD ID 8 Yes uum LE Number nteger Distribution File Duplicates This is the Name of the Species that this Fish Distribution File belongs to P peores Name Text 2a NOTE if this file is a background file then the value 2 ALL This is the Type of Shapefile or Grid that this Fish Distribution File is NOTE Possible values include ED BUGT eRe No Fish Distribution Hillshade Watershed Boundary County Boundary or Marine Boundary This is the File path where the Fish Distribution File is located This file must be a valid Shapefile or Grid file FD Filename Text 255 No NOTE This value is a relative path value It is stored relative to this database For Example FishDistribution F DLayers Filename shp Table tblFishObsFiles Description Contains the available Fish Observation shapefile overlays for the given Station Field Type Size Field ku Comments Lon Je This is a unique ID for each FishObs ID AutoNumber 5 4 4 Integer Fish Observation Overlay Duplicates This is the ID for the Station that this Fish Observation Long bs Overlay belongs to It Station ID Number Duplicates No D Integer OK corresponds with the Stati
145. e is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Key Field Comments Yes P DBCode lAutoNumber Long No Yes This is a unique ID for each set of Integer simulated Velocity Results Duplicates This is the ID for the Cross Section that this set of simulated Velocity Results XSecID Number Duplicates belongs to It corresponds with the OK DBCode Field in the tblCrossSections table This is the set of simulated Velocity Results VELBloc OLE Object No No NOTE This value is in a Binary Large OBject BLOB format It is specially written by the PHABWin 2002 program Table tbIResultsWSL Description Contains the simulated Water Surface Level WSL Results for the given Cross Section NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Field 2 Comments bun Yes This is a unique ID for each set of DBCode AutoNumber Yes simulated Water Surface Level WSL Integer Duplicates Results This is the ID for the Cross Section that Long Yes this set of simulated Water Surface XSecID Number Integer Duplicates No Level WSL Results belongs to It OK corresponds with the DBCode Field in the tblCrossSections table 29 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 This is the set of simulated Water Surface Level WSL Results WSLBloc OLE Object No No NOTE This value is in a Binary Large Object BLOB f
146. e specific database and table are set at runtime as are the window caption window labels and other details The table can then be edited through the bound datagrid These settings are accomplished through public data members settings frmImportPreview vb Shows a preview of what the data will look like once imported from the text file to ensure it s as desired before performing an actual import This is a generic screen used from all of the import screens frmProxyConfiguration vb Web proxy configuration screen appears whenever a proxy server that requires authentication is detected frmREditAddAggrDrainage vb Inserts a drainage into a predefined aggregation frmREditAggregations vb Allows the user to add and remove drainages from predefined aggregations or add and remove predefined aggregations frmREditDrainages vb Allows editing of the drainage information e g name description area frmRemoteEdit vb This is the launcher screen for remote data editors after a user has selected which database to edit gives the user a list of tables they may edit Clicking a table name launches the appropriate data editor form Also allows the user to alter database connection information and alter installation and data download URLs frmSectionEdit vb Allows the user to edit data sources headings commentary and visibility for all of the sections within the report These changes are made
147. e the replication databases the database backups that are zipped in the download directory The client can send the request then disconnect and let the server finish without an active connection or the client can send a request and wait for completion receiving progress updates along the way File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET DBMSService vb The actual service routines Contains an implementation of a windows Service ProjectInstaller vb This class causes the service to be installed as a service instead of just as a binary application UserConnection vb Contains a user connection class a new instance of which is created every time a new user connects to the service This is currently unused see the DBMS source code 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 DBMS Server Configuration Editor This tool allows the configuration file used by the DBMS Server to be edited This provides a simple easy to use interface to change values such as the time between reindexes location of GIS data and administrator e mail address File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET frmConfigOptions vb Form containing the configuration file editor providin
148. eadsheet style grid layout Microsoft Windows Common Controls 2 6 0 MSCOMCT2 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp It provides a large collection of controls which are commonly used including animation controls and picture related controls OLE Database Access 2 1 OLEDB21 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp It provides the OLE database access SDK for accessing and communicating with databases SQL Distributed Management Object SQL DMO msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp It provides a convenient library to interact with Microsoft SQL Servers performing common administration backup and query tasks 21 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 Technical Documentation 1D Habitat Viewer Last Revision 01 4 08 Table of Contents 1 Table Design Table Descriptions and Notes Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Relationship Diagrams 2 Data Needs gt Type Location of Data Tagson Layers 3 Dependencies Software Modules and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE 4 Setup gt Setup 5 Code Compiling Project Files Reference Settings 22 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 9T 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 1 Table Design Following is
149. eb server installed Configure your web server such that the directories above are accessible The directories which need to be accessible through the web browser in summary 1 GIS Data directory This is the same directory that you configured in the DBMS Server Configuration Tool 2 The binary component update directory storing the binary components which will be updated with the DBMS 3 The binary installation directory storing the installation programs which will be downloaded by the DBMS 4 The database backup directory Nothing needs to be placed in this directory immediately backups will be generated and placed here for the database updater to download Items number two and three may optionally be the same directory but number 1 should not be shared with any other data items or files It s recommended that you use a separate directory for each of these items Items 1 3 and 4 are configured in the DBMS Client s configuration file item number 2 is configured on a per component basis in the LaunchPad database Write down the URLs to get to each of these directories through the web server as they will be needed in the DBMS Client LaunchPad setup instructions Also write down the actual path to the database backup directory relative to the server s directory structure Next MS SQL Server or MSDE will need to be installed on the server Follow the installation instructions for whichever of these two you d like to use the
150. ed Habitat Simulation 1D Viewer PHabSim1DViewer msm Installation mwPhabSim1DViewer MergeModule mwPhabSim1DViewer mwPhabSim1DView er sIn This merge module contains the PHabSim 1D data viewer as well as its help file and a few dependencies of this component Files are installed to C Program Files MapWindow Plugins mwPhabSim1DViewer Files Included AxInterop PE3DO32BLib dll NET wrapper for ProEssentials controls Interop PE3DO32BLib dll NET wrapper for ProEssentials controls BLOBManage dll Custom DLL used to manage the data for this plugin 15 720 721 122 123 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 Interop BLOBMANAGELib dll NET wrapper for custom BLOB dll Interop PE3DO32BLib dll NET wrapper for ProEssentials controls Interop PESGO32BLib dll NET wrapper for ProEssentials controls mwPhabSimlDViewer dll The PHabSim 1D MapWindow Plugin DLL Pe3do32b ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials conrol Pego32b ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials conrol Pegrp32b dll Gigasoft ProEssentials conrol Pepco32b ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials conrol Pepso32b ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials conrol Pesgo32b ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials conrol PHabiDUserManual doc User s Documentation for the PHabSim 1D Viewer Predicted Habitat Simulation 2D Viewer PS2DViewer msm Installation mwPS2D Viewer Merge Module mwPS2DView
151. ed for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table holds the number of samples and average sample value for fecal coliforms at each sampling site taken from the WaterQuality database Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments numColSamp Numeric 8 No No AveColSamp Numeric 8 No No stationname Text 75 LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportDataSources Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table has one data row only it s got a field for each possible sectionLink value When the report reads the DataSource information it needs to be from a table having only one record for the links to work properly so this table is the data from DataSources reformatted The numeric field names correspond to the DataSource values for the sectionLink value of the field name The fields that are numeric but beginning with A are the section heading labels for the sectionLink of the field s name Numbers 100 are the major section headings No keys or indexes are necessary as there is only one row Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments 1 Text 255 Text 255 No 12 Text 255 No 13 Text 255 No 14 Text 255 209 15 Text 255 No 16 Text 255 No 17 Text
152. ed to select and display the Photo and Photo 3204 Information for the selected Watershed Stream Segment Unit Photo group 3205 Photo ID s are unique for each Unit This means that if there are multiple Units 3206 Segments Streams and or Watersheds then there can be duplicate Photo ID s as long as 3207 the combination of the Photo_ID Unit_ID Segment_ID Stream_ID and Watershed_ID 3208 are different Field Type size Kes id Comments Watershed ID Numeric ves No The ID for the Watershed Stream ID Numeric ves No The ID for the Stream Segment ID Numeric ves No The ID for the Segment Unit ID Numeric Yves No The ID for the Habitat Unit Ses Numeric No No The ID for the Habitat Unit within the Segment Photo_ID Numeric ves No The unique ID for the Photo Photo Description Text 255 No No The description for the Photo Photo Date Date Time No No The date the Photo was taken Photo Notes Text 255 No No Any notes about the Photo File name Text 255 No No The Filename for the Photo 3209 Watersheds Streams Stream Seoments Photos Watershed_ID Watershed_Name Watershed_Descriptio n Watershed_ID Stream ID Stream Name Stream Descriptio Watershed_ID Watershed_ID Stream_ID Stream_ID Segment_ID Segment_ID Segment_Name Unit_ID Segment_Descriptio Seg_ Photo_ID Photo_Description Photo_Date Photo_Notes File Name 135 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217
153. ediaTypes Station ID Media Type ID Media Type ID Media Type Media Filename Description Comments tbIFishObsFiles FishObs_ID Background_ID Station_ID Station_ID FishObs_Filename Image_Filename tb BackgroundImageFiles tblStations Station ID Station Name Flow Direction tblFlows Flow ID Station ID Flow cms Flow cfs Mesh ID AVI Frame Station ID Flow ID Species ID Mesh Filename tbIMeshFiles tblSpecies Species ID tbIFishDistribution Station ID FD ID Species Name Species Name FD FileType FD Filename tbI WUAFiles WAU_ID Station_ID WUA Filename 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 2 Data Needs There are two types of data needed for the 2D Habitat Viewer a point shapefile and a database e Point Shapefile this needs to be in the same projection as the other shapefiles in your project It contains the point locations of where each of the Stations are located This file will have a tag that will be associated with it by the plug in 2DIntensiveSites There needs to be a field containing the Station ID in this shapefile e Database this is the database of 2D Habitat Data that has been imported using the 2D Data Importer and the rest of the tables cre
154. efile along with the name of the aggregation that the drainage belongs to Key Primary Field Type Size Field Key Comments recordnum Numeric Yes Yes 204 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 439 4392 4393 4394 Note duplication of data violating normal AggregationName Text 50 Yes form not worth overhead to have a separate aggregations table DrainageName 50 Yes ShapeIndex Numeric 8 LocallyModified Boolean nh No No Locally modified or created Table Recreation Description Contains information regarding recreational activities for each drainage the location in question the activities available at that location whether the activities include contact and noncontact activities and the drainage the location falls within Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments inDrainage Text 75 Yes No Used to link to Drainages table Location Text 75 Yes No Activities Text 250 Contact Boolean 1 Noncontact Boolean LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Table ReportFirstPage Description Contains the data to be placed on the first page of the report This table has only one row of data and thus needs no primary key or other keys Field Type Key Field as T Comments FirstLine Text 255 No The two smaller lines above SecondLine Text 255 No The mai
155. er Description Contains the USU Disclaimer text displayed near the front of the report Table contains only one row of data Key Field Type Size Field Primary Comments Disclaimer Text 2147483647 No LocallyModified Boolean mod or create Table Discussion Description Legacy Table for adding watershed specific discussion comments Not used by the existing watershed characterization program Field Type Key Field Primary Key Comments Watershed Text 50 Yes No Watershed Name 197 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 Discussion Text 16 New Discussion LocallyModified Boolean 1 No Data locally modified or created Table Drainages Description Contains data regarding drainages within the watershed AII data in the report is selected from drainage name making it a very important field and a candidate key Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Area Numeric No No Area m 2 BSNSWRIAI ID Numeric 8 No No WRIA 1 Unique ID WtrUse ID Numeric 8 No No DrainName Text 255 Yes No Drainage Name Acres Numeric Acreage SqMiles Numeric a No No Description Text 255 ID Numeric Yes Yes LocallyModified No No Locally modified or created hasCoastline Boolean Table FishDist Description Contains fish distribution data by species For each of the species names given by
156. er Integer Duplicates No Site ID Field in the OK Macroinvertebrate Data table and the Site Information table This is the Name of the Site where the sample was taken It corresponds with mite Name 2l Ne the Site_Name Field in Site_Information table This is the Name for the sample that was taken It corresponds with the Sample Name Text 255 No Sample Name Field in ie Site_Information table 100 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2313 2316 2317 Unique_SiteID_Lis Site_ID Site ID Site Name Site Name Sample Name Sample Name Fraction Subsampled Sample Type Initials Time In Time Out Velocity In m s Macroinvertebrate Data Velocity_Out_ m s Northing UTM NAD83 site ID Easting UTM NAD83 Group ID Net Area m 2 Sizel 2 mm Bed Area m 2 2 ize4 6 mm Size 6 8 mm Size8 10 mm Alsel 067 Site Information Group Identification Group ID Taxa Sorted By 2 Data Needs The only data that is required for the MacroInvertebrate Viewer is the Access database with the above defined table design The database connection is only set up for an Access database The associated database should be located in the C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS DSS_Data Macroinvert Data file folder 3 Dependencies The Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer plug in requires the following software components and modules to be installed
157. er mwPS2D Viewer sIn This merge module contains the PHabSim 2D viewer plugin as well as mapping components a media player and graphing components Files are installed to C Program Files Map Window Plugins mwPS2D Viewer Files Included AxInterop MapWinGIS dll NET Wrapper for MapWindow Map component AxInterop MediaPlayer dll NET Wrapper for Windows Media Player component AxInterop PESGO32BLib dll NET wrapper for Proessentials graph control Interop MediaPlayer dll NET wrapper for Windows Media Player component Interop PESGO32BLib dll NET wrapper for Proessentials Graph Control mwPhabSim2DViewer dll PHabSim 2D Viewer MapWindow plugin component Pe3do32b ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Pego32b ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Pegrp32b dll Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Pepco32b ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Pepso32b ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Pesgo32b ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Photo Viewer mwPhotoViewer msm Installation Photo Viewer Merge Module mwPhotoViewer mwPhotoViewer sIn InstallShield Wrapper at Installation Photo Viewer WStandalone Plugin and Data Install NooksackPhoto Viewer ise This merge module contains the Photo Viewer two DLL files a very simple merge module The files are installed to C Program Files MapWindow Plugins mwPhoto Viewer Files Included AxInterop MapWinGIS dll NET wrapper for MapWindow map component In
158. ere may be multiple records with the same index as there is a one record in User to many records in sourcemixing relationship Name Text Name of source mixing record UsersSourceNum Long Integer Matches the UsersSourceNum in UserSourceRight table Units Long Integer 1 fraction 2 volume Season Amount Double How much to take from this source for season 1 in the season defined by SeasonsDefnID If volume the units are m day Season2Amount Double How much to take from this source for season 2 in the season defined by SeasonsDefnID If volume the units are m day Season3 Amount Double How much to take from this source for season 3 in the season defined by SeasonsDefnID If 158 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 volume the units are m day Season4Amount Double How much to take from this source for season 4 in the season defined by SeasonsDefnID If volume the units are m day SeasonsDefnID Long Integer ID of row in SeasonsDefinition Table Table SourceMixingOld Earlier format of SourceMixing table Not used unless importing information from water management files Field Name Data Type Description SourceMixingID Long Integer Source mixing index from User table There may be multiple records with the same index as there is a one record in User to many records in sourcemixing relationship Name Text Name of source mixing UsersSourceN
159. eriodicity table and the tbl Periodicity Master table Yes DE Drainage ID Number Long Duplicates No This is the ID for the Drainage that Integer this node belongs to OK Drainage Name Text 255 No No This is the Name of the Drainage that this node belongs to Yes 52 Reach ID Number Long Duplicates No This is the ID for the Reach that this Integer OK node belongs to 142 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 Beach Name text 255 No No This is the Name of the Reach that this node belongs to Table tblPeriodicity Description Contains the current Periodicity and Fish Distribution values set by the user These are the values that are displayed by the Periodicity Viewer Editor NOTE The values are initialized to the Master data sets values found in the tblDistribution Master table and the tblPeriodicity Master table Field Type Size Key Field E Comments Yes This is a unique ID for each set of Periodicity ID Number In m No Yes Periodicity and Fish Distribution Duplicates values in the table This is the ID for the Node that this set of Periodicity Fish Lung Yes Distribution values belong to It Node_ID Number Integer Duplicates No corresponds with the Node_ID Field OK in the tblDistribution_Master table the tblNodes table and the tblPeriodicity Master table This is the ID for the Fish that this set of Periodicity Fish Long Yes Distribution values belong to I
160. ers must have tags associated with them through the project file The names of the tags that need to be included in the project are defined in the database tables LayerData DataTags and LayerData MapTags The layers whose tags are listed in LayerData MapTags are used only for producing maps and do not have data extracted from them These layers may be added and removed freely as long as the LayerData MapTags table is kept in sync with what s in the project file The layers whose tags are listed in LayerData DataTags are those layers from which data will be extracted The report needs to be able to find a layer for each of these data items there must be a layer for each of these The tag which corresponds to each of these is defined in the LayerData DataTags table Please see this table for a definitive list a partial list is given below 230 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 Required data layers and fields used from each Watershed Shapefile a DRAIN NAME Name of drainage 2 Zoning Data Shapefile a WCPLAN Zone Type e g City Rural etc 3 Streamflow Gages Shapefile a SITEID Sampling Site ID b STR NAME Stream Name 4 Land Cover Data Grid Grid Value Used Main Roads Shapef
161. es Table tbIWUA MethodB Description Contains the Weighted Usable Area WUA data for the Method Data Extrapolation Method Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Auto Number Node ID Number Naaber Q Number WUABVal Number _ Feet 72 Lon Yes No Duplicates Long Integer Yes Long Integer OK Yes Duplicates No OK Duplicates No No No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak This is a unique ID for each Species It corresponds with the Species_ID Field in the tblLifestages table Species Name Text 235 No No This is the Name of the Species A unique ID for each Weighted Usable Area WUA value The ID for the Node that this Weighted Usable Area WUA value belongs to It corresponds with the Node ID Field in the tbINodes table The ID for the fish that this Weighted Usable Area WUA value belongs to corresponds with Lifestage ID Field in tblLifestages table The Flow value for this Weighted Usable Area WUA value The Weighted Usable Area WUA value where Units Ft 1000 Ft 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 2 un 3 The Weighted Usable Area decimal No No WUA value where Units places Percent of Maximum WUABVal Number Percent Table tbIWUA MethodC Description Contains the Weighted Usable Area WUA data for the Met
162. esenceSEP Numeric 2 PresenceOCT Numeric b No No PresenceNOV Numeric b No No PresenceDEC Numeric LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Recordnumber Numeric 4 presentInDrainage Boolean segment Text 50 Yes No 199 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 Table FishPeriodicityKH Description Fish Periodicity Presence data for each month where 0 is no presence 1 is present and 2 is critical presence Data in this table is specifically for the species in the Known Historic dataset Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Drainage Text Es Yes No Species Text 50 Yes No Lifestage Text 50 Yes No PresenceJAN Numeric No No PresenceFEB Numeric PresenceMAR Numeric b No No PresenceAPR Numeric b No No PresenceMAY Numeric b No No PresenceJUN Numeric au No No PresenceJUL Numeric b No No PresenceAUG Numeric b No No PresenceSEP Numeric PresenceOCT Numeric PE No No PresenceNOV Numeric b No No PresenceDEC Numeric b No No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Recordnumber Numeric presentInDrainage Boolean No segment Text 50 Yes No Table FishPeriodicityPC Description Fish Periodicity Presence data for each month where 0 is no presence 1 is present and 2 is critical presence Data in this table
163. eter Parameter Name Text 100 No No T vales HB TO Series Scenario Run ID HabTS 78 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 Daily Flow Scenario Run WUA Units Table Stations Description Contains the ID and Name for the available Stations Nodes Field Type Size Key Field a Comments This is a unique ID for each Station Node It is the NodeID for the modeled nodes in the Habitat Time Series Model It corresponds Yes 7 ee x i a the dic 11 the Input Habitat Database see Section 1 SOR TSAO RO i li Habitat Database Table Design and the uplicates Station Field in the WQData table for the Input Daily Flow Database see Section 2 Input Daily Flow Database Table Design and Data Needs This is the description for the Station Station Name Text 50 No NOTE It is often the same value as the Station Field Table TSData Description Contains the modeled Habitat Time Series data Field Type Size Key Field En Comments This is the Station that this modeled value belongs to It texi e a ne corresponds with the Station Field in the Stations table This is the Parameter Code that this modeled value Long belongs to It corresponds Parameter Code Number Duplicates No Integer OK with the Parameter_Code Field in the Parameter_Code Descriptions table Yes This is the Fish that this Long modeled value belongs to It Fishc ID ee Integer ee
164. f the Model Nodes Connection Name this is the name of the Time Series Analyst Connection e Station Shapefile Field this field is a String field that contains the Node ID for each of the Model Nodes It corresponds with the Station Field in the Stations table and with the Station Field in the WQData table for the Output Temperature DO Database NOTE If the Node ID in the shapefile is not found in either of the Input Databases then the model will not run and there will be an entry in the log explaining why In order to specify the Nodes to model the Model Nodes Shapefile must be selected and added to the project Then you can either select the which Nodes to model by specifying the Node ID s or by going to map and selecting with the Map Window Selection tools Output Temperature and DO Database Table Design Following is a list of tables that must be included with the Output Temperature and DO Database Other tables and information may exist and not all the tables listed are used by the Temperature and DO Flags Model However these tables must follow the described naming conventions spelling and cases and types for each table and its parameters 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 Table Agency Code Descriptions Description This table is not used by the Temperature and DO Flags Model Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Long
165. face Level WSL and Velocity data for the simulated Predicted Flow Data clsPredictedHabitat vb Contains a class for access and storing Predicted Habitat data for the simulated Predicted Flow Data clsPS1DMain vb Contains a class that implements the MapWindow plugin interface clsSpecies vb Contains a class for accessing and storing Species and SpeciesSI data for the simulated Predicted Flow Data clsXSecPoints vb Contains a class for accessing and storing Cross Section Data frmDBConnection vb frmDBConnection resx Displays the Connection form that allows the user to associate the shapefile and shapefile field if desired the database type and the database with the 1D Habitat Viewer plug in frmHotSpot vb frmHotSpot resx Displays the form that allows the user view the data for a specific point on any of the graphs frmPS 1DVisualization vb frmPS 1 DVisualization resx Displays the 1D Habitat Viewer form This form contains the many plots photographs and other miscellaneous viewable data for available stations You show this form by selecting the 1D Habitat icon 1D from the Map Window toolbar or by selecting one or more points on the associated shapefile frmSelectLayer vb Displays the form to select the point shapefile associated with frmSelectLayer resx the 1D Habitat Viewer plug in It allows the user to either select a shapefile already loaded into Map Window or to se
166. faces CopyLocal False stdole CopyLocal False System CopyLocal False System Data CopyLocal False System Design CopyLocal False System Drawing CopyLocal False System Windows Forms CopyLocal False System XML CopyLocal False Now that these settings have been set correctly click the Build icon or select Build from the menu The mwPhotoViewer dll has now been created with Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2002 It is created in the mwPhotoViewer subdirectory in the Plugins folder Next time that MapWindow is run if the mwPhotoViewer dll was built to the correct folder the updated changes to Photo Viewer will be available 139 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3356 3359 3360 Technical Documentation Periodicity Viewer Editor Last Revision 06 15 06 140 Table of Contents Table Design Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Descriptions and Notes gt Table Relationship Diagrams Data Needs Type Location of Data Tagson Layers Dependencies Software Module and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE Setup gt Setup Code Compiling Project Files Reference Settings 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 1 Table Design Following is a list of tables that must be included with the Periodicity Viewer Edi
167. file identified by the string FileID This is used in tandem with the function ShowSelectFileDialog Parameters FileID This is the string uniquely identifying the file whose path you need Result This should be given a pointer or a reference to a string where the path to the requested file can be written In other words the string you provide to Result will contain the path to the file you ve requested after the function call HRESULT AddFilePath BSTR FileID BSTR FilePath BSTR DataType VARIANT BOOL result This function is used to add information about a file to the Scenario Builder s database for later retrieval using GetFilePath or ShowSelectFileDialog 114 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 27784 2785 2786 2787 2788 27789 27790 2791 2792 2493 2794 2495 27796 2797 2798 2799 2800 Parameters FileID This is the unique string identifier for this file Most high level languages like VB NET can pass a String data type to BSTR parameters FilePath This is the full path to the file on disk DataType This is a string representing the type of data that the file is The string may be anything you desire e g Land Cover Data Access Database etc Result A reference or pointer to a Boolean data type should be provided for this parameter After the functio
168. formation used to specify the location of the SQL or Access databases being used frmDataGenProgress vb Displays a progress meter and animation along with a brief text description of what s happening frmLauncher vb Displays the list of aggregations and allows the user to specify options for the report The report is launched from here frmMapGen vb Contains a MapWinGIS Map control The maps for the reports are generated on this map using this class frmPeriodicityPlotter vb Contains a Fish Periodicity Plotter control this is used by the dataGeneration class to produce images frmReportGraphGenerator vb Contains Gigasoft graphing components frmSectionVisibility vb Allows the user to change which report sections are going to be included in the report Globals vb This module holds some commonly used functions such as ComputeSimpleArea Graph ico This is the graph icon used on the toolbar ImageConverter vb Performs conversions between old style IPictureDispatch objects and newer system drawing bitmap objects LabelClass vb This class is used to place labels on the maps as they are generated This was originally copied form MapWindow but has been extensively modified Main vb Contains the implementation of the MapWindow Interface Also contains shared data elements and shared functions Nodata bmp These files contain empty images with the text No data available These a
169. function will cause the scenario builder screen to minimize allowing any windows below such as MapWindow to become visible This is useful when a scenario element is implementing both the MapWindow interface and the Model interface and the scenario element wishes to use the MapWindow map to collect information or interact with the user HRESULT MaximizeModelManager This function will cause the scenario builder screen to restore itself if it has been minimized If MinimizeModelManager has been called then this should eventually be called as well 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 Appendix Programmer Tutorial How to create a DSS Model for the MapWindow 3 0 DSS Model Manager Darrel Brown 9 18 2003 117 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 Table of Contents Index Inttoducttoli 119 Project creatio couette coded vata es fest 119 Implement Interface 8 a uie Mene e PIED ERR Qn te 122 Basic model properties cotes edes an 122 Inputs Outputs and Parameters ecrire tie eee ees 123 Pilling m tbe detailss eoe nq 124 Table of Figures Figure 1 Creating
170. g a user interface DBMS Update Assistant This is a tool used by the DBMS LaunchPad when it needs to download a product update for itself When started it ends all instances of the DBMS it finds running then downloads the updated DBMS LaunchPad executable from the location specified in the LaunchPad database After finishing it restarts the DBMS File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET DBMSAssist vb The form contains a progress meter showing activity on load the form performs its actions described above LaunchPad Product Updater This is a tool to facilitate uploading new versions of components by programmers The program lists all of the components available for updating and their associated files a product may be updated or a new product may be added The tool uploads the files to the server and adds appropriate entries into the LaunchPad database Note The Allow User Download feature is not implemented i e all components may be downloaded by the user File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET Forml vb The form contains the fields to display all product information and allows the user to change the data or upload a new project to the server 63 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 64 DBMS
171. ger Station Text 100 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Indicates that data was 179 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 locally modified or locally created Table Parameter Code Descriptions Data P Field Name Type Size Field Key Description Parameter Code Long No No Integer Parameter Name Text 100 No No Class Text 100 No No Common Name Text 100 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Indicates that data was locally modified or locally created Table QAQC Code Descriptions Field Name Data Type Size s Primary Key Description QAQC Code Text 100 No No Description Text 300 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Indicates that data was locally modified or locally created Table Source Database Descriptions Field Name Data Type Size en Primary Key Description Source Database Text 100 No No Description Text 100 No No Source Contact Text 100 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Indicates that data was locally modified or locally created Table Stations 2 Key Primary TT Field Name Data Type Size Field Key Description Station Text 50 No No Shapefile Long Integer No No USU Subbasin Text 50 No No Station Name Text 50 No No Location Text 100 No No S
172. go32a ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Pegrp32a dll Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component 32 Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Pepso32a ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Pesgo32a ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Watershed Characterization Report mwWatershedChar msm Installation Watershed Characterization Merge Module mw WatershedChar mw WatershedChar ise InstallShield Wrapper at Installation Watershed Characterization Merge Module WatershedChar ise This merge module contains the Watershed Characterization Map Window plugin as well as a large number of prerequisites Most of the prerequisites are installed either to the windows system directory or to the NET assembly location usually C Windows Microsoft NET1 The plugin itself is installed to C Program Files Map Window Plugins mw WatershedChar Files Included ADODB dll Active Data Objects database driver DLL AxInterop MapWinGIS dll NET Wrapper for MapWinGIS component AxInterop MSChart20Lib dll NET wrapper for Chart Control AxInterop MSComCtl2 dll NET wrapper Common Controls AxInterop MSFlexGridLib dll NET wrapper for MS Flexgrid Control AxInterop PE3DOALib dll NET wrapper for Gigasoft Proessentials 17 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 82 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842
173. h Number NO Note O Not Present 1 Present Number Integer No Number Integer No Number Integer No Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of August for the given fish Note O Not Present 1 Present gt gt E i N Periodicity Value for the Ist half of September for the given fish N f o ik Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of October for the given fish Note O Not Present 1 Present Periodicity Value for the Ist half of November for the given fish Note O Not Present 1 Present Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of November for the given fish Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Z O O 5 2 6 6 m Lis Periodicity Value for the Ist half of December for the given fish Nunes MES NO De Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Dec 2 Number Integer No No Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of 148 December for the given fish Note OzNot Present 1 Present 2 Peak 3394 3395 3396 Table tblSpecies 3397 Description Contains the Species Information ID Name for each one available Field Type Size Key Field Foi Comments Yes This is a unique ID for each Species It l Auto Long d Species ID Mime No Yes corresponds with the Species ID Field Duplicates in the tblLifestages table Species Name Text 255 No No This is the Name of the
174. he database searching shapefiles initialization access folder information and other important functionality globalStructs vb This module contains the definition of data Structs used throughout the Photo Viewer globalVariables vb This module contains the variables used throughout the forms such as the form declaration variables MapWindow variables and others ImageConverter vb Contains a class that implements functions that allows you to convert images to and from an IPictureDisp object This is needed so that the VBCompatibility dll does not need to be referenced This class allows the Photo Viewer image 221 to be associated with the points on the associate shapefile luginInfo vb Contains a class that implements an interface to access read from and write to the Project File 138 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 Now that the files and resources are there and the project is loaded into Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2002 please double check a couple of settings These settings are all related to the references associated with the project see Section 3 Dependencies Reference Settings AxMapWinGIS CopyLocal True MapWinGIS CopyLocal True MapWinInter
175. hod C Data Extrapolation Method Field Type Size Key Field Comments WUACI Long Yes Yes A unique ID for each Weighted D Number Integer No Duplicates Usable Area WUA value The ID for the Node that this Lon Yes Weighted Usable Area WUA Node ID Number In UR Duplicates No value belongs to It corresponds OK with the Node ID Field in the tblNodes table The ID for the fish that this Weighted Usable Area Lifestage_ Long ID Number iom Duplicates No value belongs to It corresponds OK with the Lifestage ID Field in the tblLifestages table er 3 The Flow value for this Q Number pud No No Weighted Usable Area WUA decimal value places Double The Weighted Usable Area MAC Tu Number 3 No No WUA value where Units _Percent decimal Percent of Maximum 73 1782 74 tblLifestages tblSpecies Lifestage ID Species ID Species ID Species Name Lifestage Name tblNodes pk_NodeID Node_ID Drainage ID Drainage Name Reach ID Reach Name tblPeriodicitv Periodicity_ID Node_ID Lifestage_ID Jan 1 Jan 2 Feb 1 Feb 2 Mar 1 Mar 2 Apr 1 Apr 2 1 May 2 Jun 1 Jun 2 Jul 1 Jul 2 Aug 1 Aug 2 Sep 1 Sep 2 Oct 1 Oct 2 Nov 1 Nov 2 Dec 1 tbIWUA MethodB WUAB ID Node ID Lifestage ID Q WUABVal Feet WUABVal Percent tbIWUA MethodC WUAC ID Node ID Lifestage ID Q WUACVal Percent 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787
176. ies Integer 4 Duplicates Comparison Results This is the ID for the Cross Section that Long Yes this set of simulated Effective Habitat XSecID Number Integer Duplicates No Species Comparison Results belongs to OK It corresponds with the DBCode Field in the tblCrossSections table This is the set of simulated Effective Habitat Species Comparison Results HABBloc OLE Object No No NOTE This value is in a Binary Large OBject BLOB format It is specially written by the PHABWin 2002 program Table tblResultsHabtae Description Contains the simulated Habitat Results for the given Cross Section NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Field ae Comments Yes a DBCode AutoNumber Long No This is a unique ID for each set of Integer simulated Habitat Results Duplicates This is the ID for the Cross Section that Long Yes this set of simulated Habitat Results XSecID Number Integer Duplicates No belongs to It corresponds with the OK DBCode Field in the tblCrossSections table 28 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 This is the set of simulated Habitat Results HABBloc OLE Object No No NOTE This value is in a Binary Large OBject BLOB format It is specially written by the PHABWin 2002 program Table tblResults Velocity Description Contains the simulated Velocity Results for the given Cross Section NOTE This tabl
177. ild merge modules which is the only significant lack of functionality in InstallShield Express The software we use for installations is explained briefly below InstallShield Express 5 1 InstallShield Express is a product intended specifically for developing installations These installations can run on any version of Windows InstallShield Express 5 1 does not support Linux or PalmOS or Windows CE The installations produced by InstallShield express are capable of installing files to a system installing merge modules see below for a definition of merge modules creating shortcuts to files adding windows registry entries and performing custom actions DLL calls or executable files InstallShield Express provides some flexibility in configuring the user interface which will be presented during an installation The Express edition of InstallShield is a bit limited but the price tag difference between this and the Full edition makes using it very worthwhile The features that we re missing by not using the Full edition are basically not having complete and utter control over the installation process 1 changing the order in which dialogs appear creating completely new dialogs or performing special functions during the middle of the installation InstallShield Express is also not capable of producing merge modules we use Microsoft s Visual Studio to accomplish this InstallShield Express does still allow Custom Actions
178. ile No Fields Used but must be present 6 Water Quality Stations a STATION Station ID Number b STATION Station Name 7 Cities Shapefile No Fields Used but must be present 8 Railroads Shapefile No Fields Used but must be present 9 303 d Water Bodies Shapefile a WTRBDY NR Waterbody Number 10 303 d Listed Streams Shapefile a WTRCRS NR Watercourse Number 11 303 d Listed Grids Shapefile a WGRD CL NR Watergrid Cell Number 12 Counties No Fields Used but must be present pi 3 Dependencies The Watershed Characterization plug in requires the following software components and modules to be installed Software MapWindow 3 1 Visual Studio NET 2003 Complete Install Be sure to select Crystal Reports Net for installation Crystal Reports 9 0 may be used instead GigaSoft ProEssentials 3 0 Charting Components Microsoft SQL Server 2000 optional This will provide administration tools which make management of the databases much easier InstallShield Express 3 5 with Service Pack 4 Components Microsoft Common Controls 6 0 Microsoft Common Controls 2 6 0 Microsoft Common Controls 3 6 0 Microsoft FlexGrid Control 6 0 Fish Periodicity Lifestage Plotter Control USU Microsoft SQL DMO Data Object 231 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751
179. ill be available 84 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 Technical Documentation Lake Whatcom Water Quality Model Last Revision Feb 21 2006 Table of Contents 1 Table Designs Table Descriptions and Notes Table Relationship Diagrams 2 Dependencies Software Module and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE 3 Setup Setup gt Customizations 4 Building gt Code Compiling gt Installations 85 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 1 Table Designs Land Cover Database LandCoverSummary mdb See Technical Documentation For Land Cover Summarizer for table designs Best Management Practices Database BestManagementPractices mdb See Technical Documentation For Best Management Practices Tool for table designs Lake Whatcom Water Quality Parameters Database LakeWhatcomW QParameters mdb Table EMCs Field Name Data Type Description DrainageID Long Integer WRIA 1 Drainage ID Land Cover Code Long Integer associated land cover class id EMC TN Text Expected mean concentration EMC for total nitrogen mg L EMC NH3 Text EMC for ammonia mg L EMC N03 Text EMC for nitrate mg L EMC TP Text EMC for total phosphorus mg L EMC BOD Text
180. ill only be shown if the user decides to edit the shapefile already associated with the Habitat Time Series Model frmSelectNodes vb frmSelectNodes resx A form that allows the user to select the nodes to model either from the Map Window Map or from the list of available nodes see Section 3 Input Model Nodes Shapefile and Data Needs This form will only be shown if the user decides to edit the selected nodes already associated with the Habitat Time Series Model frmSelectWUA vb frmSelectWU A resx A form that allows the user the select the Weighted Usable Area WUA Data Extrapolation Method and Units see Section 4 Weighted Usable Area WUA Data Needs This form will only be shown if the user decides to edit the Weighted Usable Area Extrapolation Data already associated with the Habitat Time Series Model modDatabase vb Contains functions for access and writing to the Input and Output database and the variable definitions for the Input 83 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 and Output Database types table and field names and the SQL default values modGlobals vb Contains the definitions for variables used throughout the project such as MapWindow variables model variables parameter variables error variables and others modPar
181. imary Key Comments Abbreviation Text 50 No No Zoning Abbreviation FullName Text 0 No No Zoning Description RecordNumber Numeric Yes Yes Record Number LocallyModified Boolean nh No No Locally modified or created Table zwatbalcfs Description Legacy summary water balance data cfs Not used by the existing watershed characterization program Key is Field Type Field Comments Float 8 PERIMTER Float 8 Perimeter BSNSWRIA1_ Float Yes No WRIA unique ID POLY Float 8 No GIS ID SUBCLASS Text 255 No SUBCLASS_ Float 8 No RINGS OK Float No No GIS topology check RINGS Float 8 No No GIS topology check DRAIN3_ Float 8 No DRAIN3 ID Float 8 No NAME Text 255 No No DRAINAGE Float 8 No WSHED Float 8 No SUBWSHED Float 8 No REGION Text 255 No SUBBASIN Text 255 No GROUP Text 255 No ACRES Float 8 Area expressed as Acres DRAINS TO 255 No DRAIN TYPE Text 255 No JAN NCU Float 8 No FEB NCU Float 8 No 224 MAR Float 8 No ARP NCU Float 8 No MAY Flat 8 No JUN Float 8 No JUL NCU Float 8 No AUG Float 8 No SEP NCU Float 8 No OCT NCU Float 8 No NOV Float 8 No DEC Float 8 No TOT Float 8 No ET JAN Float 8 Evapotranspiration January ET F
182. ings Shapefile Data Needs gt Type Location of Data Necessary Fields Dependencies gt Software Modules and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE Setup gt Setup Code Compiling Project Files Reference Settings 167 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 168 1 Stream Response Model Output Folder Data Needs This is the folder containing the output text files from the Waterbody Response Model The files in this folder must be named in the following way NodeTS txt Where represents the three digit node number for that file If the files in this folder are not named in this way and are not the Waterbody Response Model output files the Temperature and DO Flags Model will not run Watershed Loading Model Output Text File Data Needs This text file is the output from the Watershed Loading Model It must be a text file It can have any name Input Model Nodes Shapefile Data Needs There are two types of data required for the Input Model Nodes Shapefile a point shapefile path and a Node ID shapefile field e Point Shapefile this shapefile needs to be in the same project as the other shapefiles in your project It contains the point locations of each o
183. ion Service Library project For creating classes to use in other applications Mame SampleModel Location Cidevl Browse Project will be created at C dev SampleModel X More Cancel Figure 1 Creating a new Class Library project The first step is to add references to the MapWindow Interfaces and 055 Model Manager Interfaces The easiest way to do this is to right click on the references item in the Solution Explorer then select Add Reference Solution Explorer SampleModel nx 2 3i 9 Solution SampleModel 1 project SampleModel Add Reference Add Web Reference Figure 2 Add references It doesn t matter which reference you add first but since the Add Reference dialog defaults to references first add the MapWinInterfaces reference first This reference will not show up automatically in the list You must browse to the file in order to add it In most cases the needed interface is installed at C Program Files MapWindow3 0 MapWinInterfaces dll unless the file was installed in another location 120 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 The next reference is listed on the COM tab The reference needed is called DSS Interface Definitions 1 0 Select this reference then press OK These references contain the interfaces used to access the Model Manager and the MapWindow See Figure 3 NET Projects
184. is location It 1098 corresponds with the DBCode field in the tblStations table found in the 1099 database Each value that is found in this field in the shapefile also 1100 needs to be found in the database 1101 1102 1103 3 Dependencies 1104 1105 The 1D Habitat Viewer plug in requires the following software components and modules 1106 to be installed 1107 1108 Software 1109 Gigasoft s ProEssentials Graphing Tools Version 4 1110 MapWindow 3 1 1111 Visual Studio NET 2003 1112 33 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 Modules and Components BLOBManage 1 0 Type Library Gigasoft ProEssentials 3D Sci Graph v4 Gigasoft ProEssentials Sci Graph v4 MapWindow Interfaces MapWinGIS Map Control Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2003 4 Setup To begin using the 1D Habitat Viewer it must first be loaded into MapWindow Once it is loaded click on the 1D Habitat icon located on the Map Window toolbar If the shapefile if associated and database associations as described in Section 2 Data Needs have been configured properly and the database is accessible then the 1D Habitat Viewer will appear allowing the user to select and view the 1D Habitat Simulation data for available stations If the data associatio
185. is specifically for the species in the Presumed Current dataset Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Drainage Text 75 Yes No Species Text 50 Yes No Lifestage Text 50 Yes No PresenceJAN Numeric b No No PresenceFEB Numeric b No No PresenceMAR Numeric b No No 200 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 PresenceAPR Numeric b No No PresenceMAY Numeric 2 No No PresenceJUN Numeric No PresenceJUL Numeric 2224 No PresenceAUG Numeric b No No PresenceSEP Numeric 2 No No PresenceOCT Numeric 2 No No PresenceNOV Numeric b No No PresenceDEC Numeric D No No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Recordnumber Numeric presentInDrainage Boolean No segment Text 50 Yes No Table FishPeriodicityPH Description Fish Periodicity Presence data for each month where 0 is no presence 1 is present and 2 is critical presence Data in this table is specifically for the species in the Presumed Historic dataset Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Drainage Text 75 Yes No Species Text 50 Yes No Lifestage Text 50 Yes No PresenceJAN Numeric b No No PresenceFEB Numeric b No No PresenceMAR Numeric 2 No No PresenceAPR Numeric b No No PresenceMAY Numeric b No No PresenceJUN Numeric Numeric b No No PresenceAUG Numeric PresenceSEP Numeric 2 No No
186. is the type of database that you are connecting to IE Access SQL Server Database this is the database of Well Log data and needs to be organized as described in Section 1 Table Design For Database Stored Well Logs The layer corresponding with the point shapefile stated above is marked with the tag WellLogViewer DB If the user removes the layer associated with this tag without first closing the Well Log Data Viewer plug in then the settings for the Database Data will be reset and if the Project is then saved then the settings for the Database Data in the project file will also be over written 241 4930 493 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 494 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 495 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 As stated above the shapefile requires one field to be found in the data table Below the exact field name field type description of the data that gets entered into this field and how it is associated with the database Required data layer field a WELL ID Integer The Well ID for the Well at this location It corresponds with the WellID field in the database Each value that is found in this field in the shapefile also needs to be found in the database 3 Dependencies The Well Log Data Viewer plug in requires the following software component
187. ith a Database Connection frmSummaryTable vb frmSummaryTable resx A form that displays a summary of the data in the database by Parameter for a selected Station frmWaterQuality vb frmWaterQuality resx Displays the Time Series Analyst form for a selected Database Connection This form contains the different plots tables and summaries for available stations You show this 186 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 form by selecting the Time Series Analyst icon from the Map Window toolbar and then selecting which Database Connection you want to view or by selecting one or more points on an associated shapefile frmW QStations vb frmWQStations resx A form that displays plots a Number Distribution plot and a Time Distribution plot of the parameter summary for a selected Station hide ico Icon used on several forms to indicate that an Options Plot Info panel is hidden NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource ImageConverter vb Contains a class that implements functions that allows you to convert images to and from an PictureDisp object This is needed so that the VBCompatibility dll does not need to be referenced This class allows the Time Series Analyst image to be associated with the points on the optional shapefile if it is associated Main vb Contains a class that implements the MapWindow plugin interface PluginI
188. l in the MapWindow Plugins folder This is usually located at C Program Files MapWindow Plugins ModelManager Elements 4 Building To compile the Best Management Practices Tool add the files below to a Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 Visual Basic NET Library Project mwLakeWhatcomW QModel project files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET clsLakeWhatcomWQModel vb Runs the Lake Whatcom water quality model given the settings provided DBClient vb Contains the routines used to connect to a database DirectoryPicker vb Custom component which allows a user to select a directory from the computer s file system frmConfiguration vb Contains the routines used to select a database frmInputs vb Allows the user to select the location of input and output data for the model frmSelectLayer vb Contains the routines used to select a layer from MapWindow s view frmSelectModelDirectory vb A form containing a DirectoryPicker component which allows the user to select a directory from the file system or a directory to be created by the Water Quantity Model in 88 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 the current DSS Scenario Run WaterQualityModel vb Implements MapWindow
189. le Station 1 Parameter or 1 Station Multiple Parameter selected for the Multiple Time Series plot frmAddsStations vb A form that allows the user to add or remove Stations to a frmAddStations resx Group frmBoxPlot vb A form that explains the Box Plot symbols shading and frmBoxPlot resx shape frmConfiguration vb frmConfiguration resx An SQL Server Configuration form This form is shown when the user browses for a Database whose type SQL It allows the user to set the Server Address User ID and Password and Database Name The connection for the specified values can then be tested to make sure a valid database is specified frmControlLine vb frmControlLine resx A form that allows the user to add or remove Control Lines for the selected plot frmControlLine Values vb frmControlLine Values resx A form that allows the user to specify or edit the Label Value and Color of a selected Control Line frmCriteria vb frmCriteria resx A form that displays the created Criteria and their results frmCrossPlot vb frmCrossPlot resx A form that plots a Correlation and Time Series Plot for two Station Parameter pairs frmCustomQuery vb frmCustomQuery resx A form that allows the user to find the Stations in a selected Time Series Connection that meet certain criteria The user can search for Stations either by defining Spatial boundaries using the Map or by defining Database Criteria that mu
190. lect one from disk This form will only be shown if the user decides to associate a shapefile with this plug in frmSelectPDF vb Displays the form to select a PDF Filename to view frmSelectPDF resx ImageConverter vb Contains a class that implements functions that allows you to convert images to and from an IPictureDisp object This is needed so that the VBCompatibility dll does not need to be referenced This class allows the 1D Habitat image to be associated with the points on the associated if desired shapefile modDSSDefinitions vb This module contains the variables that define the table and field variable name for the 1D Habitat Viewer database These variables are used throughout the project so if anything should change in the database the table or field name value only has to be changed in 1 location in the program modFormFunctionality vb This module contains variables for copying and saving the data in the various plots in the 1D Habitat Viewer 35 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1139 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 modGlobals vb This module contains the variables used throughout the forms such as the form declaration variables MapWindow variables and others modPlotColors vb This module contains the variable definitions and functions for creating and setting the various plots colors m
191. lement intended to be used within the model manager More detail and examples are given in a separate document entitled Programmer s Tutorial How to Create a 055 Model The functions are shown in C syntax return type function name parameterl type parameterl name parameter2 type parameter2 name string RevisionNotes Provides notes about the scenario element This information will appear on the scenario properties dialog This is a get property cannot be set So the Microsoft C NET code would look something like public string RevisionNotes get j return This is a simple example of a get This is the same syntax that should be followed with any other get property See the reference for your particular programming language to see how to implement get properties For most languages it will suffice to return the appropriate value in the function body 109 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2556 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 bool Execute DssIntfcLib IDssManager DssManager int TimeStep string DataPath DateTime StartDate DateTime EndDate string ScenarioID The Model Manager calls this function to initiate the execution of the model AII parameters and data that have been configu
192. library Interop MapWinGIS dll NET wrapper for the MapWindow Mapping component DiversionChanger dll The diversion changer model element DiversionChanger pdb Program debug database for the above Interop MapWinGIS dll NET wrapper for the MapWindow Mapping component LandCoverSummary dll The Land Cover summarizer model element LandCoverTypes xml Land Cover type definitions for the Land Cover Summary mwBestManagementPractice dll Best Management Practices model element mwChangeLandCover dll Land Cover Changer model element mwClimateChanger dll Climate Changer model element mwPopulationChanger dll Population Changer model element mwRainDataFilter dll Rain Data Filter data element ReservoirStorage dll Reservoir Storage editor model element ReservoirStorage pdb Program debug database for the above Macroinvertibrate Data Viewer MIV Viewer msm Installation MacroInvert Merge Module mwMIV ViewerumwMIV Viewer sIn This is the merge module for the Macrointertibrate Data Viewer MapWindow plugin This consists primarily of the DLL for this plugin and a few dependencies The files are placed in C Program Files MapWindow Plugins mwMI IV Viewer Files Included AxInterop MSChart20Lib dll NET wrapper for Microsoft Chart ActiveX control Interop MSChart20Lib dll NET wrapper for Microsoft Chart ActiveX control Mschrt20 msm Merge module containing MS Chart control and dependencies mwMacrolInvertDataViewer dll Macrolnvertibrate Data Viewer plugin Predict
193. loyed civilian population 16 8 years and over Female Other se ne b Employed civilian population 16 years and over Female Public ne TE year Text 50 No No annualPopGrowth Numeric 8 B No recordnumber Numeric 4 Yes Yes LocallyModified Boolean 86 No modified created 196 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 Table CensusData wshed Description This table is a way to link the CensusData completeState table above with drainages in the watershed PlaceName indicates the place in CensusData completeState that falls geographically in the drainage specified by DrainName Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments PlaceName Text Iso Yes No DrainName Text 50 Yes No PlaceIndex Numeric No No LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Table DataSources Description sectionName is the name of the heading as shown in the report DataSource is the datasource text field displayed below the heading sectionLink corresponds to the sectionLink number in the Crystal Reports themselves sectionLink is used to link this table to the reports Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key i sectionName Text 150 DataSource recordnumber Numeric Yes LocallyModified Boolean 1 No Locally modified or created Table Disclaim
194. lude the DBMS conf file with the binaries in an installer and distribute the installer to the clients A DBMS standalone installer already exists The configuration file contains connection information to reach the SQL server as well as the URLs for each of the directories listed under DBMS Server configuration The contents of the configuration file follow in the table below Once each of these values is configured the DBMS Client configuration is complete Tag in Configuration File Purpose Default Value SOLServerAddr SQL Server address Nooksack uwrl usu edu SQLPort Port number of SQL server 22 SQLUID SQL Server Username WRIA User SQLPWD SQL Server Password quebec41 SQLTrusted Indicates whether to use Integrated Security False UpdateDLPath Where to download GIS data updates http nooksack uwrl usu edu DBMSSource BinaryDLPath Where to download binary installation packages Individual components configured in database http nooksack uwrl usu edu download DatabaseDLPath Where to download database backups for updating databases http nooksack uwrl usu edu dbupdates DatabaseBKPath Path on server relative to server where database backups are created and stored e nookweb dbupdates Binary UpdatesPath Location of the binary updates NOT the installers on the server Relative to the e nookweb
195. ly a LOC ID corresponds with Location ID in the database b LOC NAME corresponds with Location Description in the database 2 Design 2 the following field names do not need to be named this way a Watershed Name corresponds with Watershed Descriptionin the Watersheds table in the database b Stream Name corresponds with Stream Description in the Streams table in the database c Segment Name corresponds with Segment Description in the Stream Segments table in the database d Unit ID corresponds with the Unit ID in the Photos table in the database e Photo ID corresponds with the Photo ID in the Photos table in the database f X Coordinate used for plotting the location on the map in the viewer 6 Y Coordinate used for plotting the location on the map in the viewer 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3 Dependencies The PhotoViewer plug in requires the following software components and modules to be installed Software MapWindow 3 1 Visual Studio NET 2002 Modules and Components MapWinGIS Map Control MapWindow Interfaces Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2002 4 Setup To begin using the Photo Viewer it must first be loaded into MapWindow Once it is loaded to use the Photo
196. ly seasonal variation associated with this use InYearDemandType may be set to zero if the use is constant over the year or to 1 if this information is not required such as is the case for irrigation users where demand is based on soil moisture and reference evaporation ReturnFlowID Long Integer Index to record in return flow table that specifies information about the return flow associated with this user SourceMixingID Long Integer Index to records in source mixing table in file sourcemixing txt that specifies information about apportioning of take between the sources that the user draws water from This is a one to many relationship Table UserSourceRight Table that associates sources and rights with users Field Name Data Type Description UserID Long Integer User id of user associated with a source and water right SourceID Long Integer Id of source used by specified user RightID Long Integer Id of water right associated with the specified user UsersSourceNum Long Integer Id of record in Source SourceMixingTable giving the proportioning between sources associated with a user Water Quantity Simulated Streamflow Database WaterQuantityStreamFlow mdf See Technical Documentation For Time Series Analyst for table designs 160 WaterQuantityStreamFlow mdb and 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 2292 3
197. meters are different than model inputs and outputs and are saved on a per node basis in the scenario layout meaning that each instance of the model in a Layout can have its own set of parameter values Parameters are typically modifiers that your model uses when executing For example the model mentioned above might compute sediment load from a watershed using the land cover grid as an input However there are likely parameters that define how the model works and these are editable by the user through a parameter page that is displayed when the user double clicks on the model element node in the DSS Parameters can be used to store data entered by the user for each model instance When the model node is deleted or the layout is deleted any parameters that were set are discarded The sample model used in this tutorial will calculate a simple weighted average Choosing a simple model makes it easier to see the mechanics of creating a model without cluttering thing up with complicated code The inputs to this model will be the values to average The parameters will be the weights for the input values The output will be the value of the weighted average 5 Filling in the details The first step I will take in this tutorial is to create the parameters page The parameters for this tutorial are two numeric values that are the weights for the weighted average To create a parameters page right click on the title of your Model in the Solution Explorer
198. methods used to manage the impervious area data xml file LUParsFlle vb Contains the methods used to read default basin parameters from the file lupars csv NewWaterRightsItem vb Allows the user to create a new water rights item OpenFolder ico An icon used in frmWaterRights to represent a group of users within a WRIA 1 Drainage which is currently displayed Reservoir ico An icon used in frmWaterRights to represent a reservoir Source ico An icon used in frmWaterRights to represent a water source TopInpFile vb Contains the routines used to write an updated topinp dat file for the TopNet model input WaterMgmtControlFile vb Contains the routines used to write an updated WatermgmtControl txt file for the TopNet model input WaterQuantityModel vb Implements MapWindow Plugin and DSS Interface routines allowing the Lake Whatcom Model to act as a MapWindow Plugin and a DSS element WaterRights xml Contains lists of water management types used in frmWaterRights Written to disk next to mwWaterQuantityModel dll if it doesn t exist WaterRightsWriter vb Contains the methods to manage the water management files for the Water Quantity Model WaterUser ico An icon used in frmWaterRights to represent the root water user node WaterUserClosedFolder ico An icon used in frmWaterRights to represent a water user that is not currently selected WaterUserOpenFolder ico An icon used i
199. mplements statement in the Visual Studio documentation Implement all of the methods and properties from the IDssModel interface You can leave all of the details blank for now We will get to them shortly If your model must interact with the MapWindow it must also implement the IPlugin interface in the MapWindow Interfaces namespace of the methods must be implemented from this interface also Note there are some properties that are shared between the IDssModel and IPlugin interfaces In these cases it is easiest to have one property declaration that handles both interfaces illustrated in Figure 4 Public ReadOnly Property Author As String _ Implements DssIntfcLib IDssModel Author _ MapWindow Interfaces IPlugin Author Get Return Utah State University End Get End Property Figure 4 Dual implementation Only having one property that returns the values shared by both interfaces reduces code duplication and makes it easier to keep your values synchronized The properties that are shared are Author BuildDate Description Name Version For the purposes of this tutorial I am going to keep it simple implementing only the IDssModel interface Make sure that all methods and properties for the interfaces are implemented If you forget one the Implements statement at the top of the class will be underlined Another way to make sure that you have implemented the interface completely is to build the project If there are an
200. n bigger font label MainTitleSubnote Text 255 No No 5 4 FootnoteLine1 Text 255 The four lines of the footnote FootnoteLine2 Text 255 These may be left blank if they FootnoteLine3 Text 255 lare not needed FootnoteLine4 Text 255 LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created 205 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 Table SectionCommentary Description Table to hold report section comments Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments SectionLink Number 4 No No Commentary Ntext 16 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Locally modified or created Table SectionVisibility Description This table controls the visibility of individual report sections When the report is generated all sections are hidden only those sections listed in this table are made visible again This allows customization of the report to hide sections by editing this table Key Primary Field Type Size Field Key Comments Corresponds to the sectionLink number in the crystal reports also sectionLink Numeric 4 to the sectionLink in DataSources One sectionLink generally exists for each report section True false whether section is to be T displayed If no corresponding isDisplayed Boolean 1 No 59 record is found in this table false is assumed recordnumber Numeric No Yes inSubreport Text 75 No
201. n 154 Technical Documentation The Temperature and DO Flags 167 Technical Documentation The Time Series 1 178 Technical Documentation Watershed Characterization Report 189 Technical Documentation The Well Log Data ee 236 Technical Documentation Course Resolution Water Quality 245 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 Installation Technical Documentation for the WRIA 1 DSS created by Christopher Michaelis on October 19 2004 Installation Technology Overview Software these days cannot simply be copied to a destination computer and run Modern software components are complex and intricate often having a long list of dependencies which must be properly installed and registered with windows In an effort to keep track of software and dependencies we have organized the components of the WRIA 1 DSS using pre built installation modules merge modules and InstallShield installations There are many software packages available to help in organizing software to be installed we have settled on InstallShield Express 5 1 as an excellent balance of cost and features We utilize Microsoft Visual Studio to bu
202. n Parameter TStreamIntercept Double Intercept of linear relationship between air temperature and stream flow temperature Calibration Parameter QbTemp Double Simulation Base Flow Temperature Deg C QbDO Double Base Flow Dissolved Oxygen Concentration mg L Cb TN Double Base Flow Total Nitrogen Concentration mg L Cb NH3 Double Base Flow Ammonia Concentration mg L Cb NO3 Double Base Flow Nitrate Concentration mg L Cb TP Double Base Flow Total Phosphorus Concentration mg L Cb BOD Double Base Flow BOD Concentration mg L Cb FC Double Base Flow Fecal Coliform Bacteria Concentration 22 100 mL Table ZZZ Cover Classes NEW table in database Field Name Data Type Description LC ID Double LC Code Double LC Category Text LC Description Text 87 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2 Dependencies The Lake Whatcom Water Quality Model requires the following software to be installed Software MapWindow 3 1 DSS Model Manager Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2003 Complete Install The Lake Whatcom Water Quality Model requires the data output by the following DSS elements Land Cover Summary Tool Best Management Practices Tool 3 Setup WRIA 1_DSS Installation installs the Lake Whatcom Water Quality Mode
203. n attach the LaunchPad database and any other databases that you wish to update using the DBMS There should be five user databases total ChangeLog LaunchPad WRIAReportData FlowData and WaterQuality After attaching the LaunchPad database check the contents of the Binaries table to ensure that the products that you wish to be automatically updated are listed You may do this with the LaunchPadProductUpdater tool or you may use a third party database modification tool If you choose the latter you ll need to know this for each Binaries recordnumber there are one or more BinariesFiles records that are associated with it Binaries recordnumber BinariesFiles binaryRecNumber Also ensure that the downloadpath and fullpathonremote fields in the BinariesFiles records are correct At this point the server should be configured and ready for use DBMS Client LaunchPad The DBMS Client uses a configuration file similar to that used by the server There is not a standalone configuration program for the DBMS Client however The configuration 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 file DBMS conf may be edited by hand using Notepad or it may be written by making the appropriate changes using the Administrative Tools button in the DBMS Client itself Once this configuration file has been properly generated and set up it may be distributed to all clients along with the DBMS executable You may also inc
204. n call the variable passed as this parameter will contain True or False depending on whether the call was successful HRESULT ShowsSelectFileDialog BSTR AllowedDataType BSTR result This function will display a dialog to the user with a list of files which match the parameter AllowedDataType The user will see a list of the FileIDs for the files matching the data type Parameters AllowedDataType This is the string representing the type of data that you wish the user to select See DataType under the function AddFilePath these two parameters correspond Result A reference or pointer to a string data type should be passed as this argument After the function call completes the variable passed as this parameter will contain the FileID of the file that the user selected in the dialog HRESULT GetScenarioFilePath BSTR ScenarioID BSTR FileID BSTR result This function returns the path to the directory where scenario data is being stored Parameters ScenarioID scenario ID for which you d like the path to data FileID The FileID of the file which you d like the data path for Result A reference or pointer to a string data type should be passed as 115 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 116 this argument After the function call completes the variable passed as this parameter will contain the path to the data HRESULT MinimizeModelManager This
205. n frmWaterRights to represent a water user that is currently selected Add the following references to the project DssIntfcLib dll ICSharpCode SharpZipLib dll MapWinGIS ocx MapWinlnterfaces dll System dll System Data dll System Drawing dll System Windows Forms dll System Xml dll 165 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 2129 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3139 3740 374 3742 3743 3744 You are now ready to compile the project by clicking the Build Solution menu option under the menu Build Water Quantity Model Fortran Executable The executable topnet exe is included in each input folder and replicated in each output folder Topnet exe is compiled using the Compaq Visual Fortran version 6 6 compiler from the following files Source Code AllocateWaterToUsers f90 Append To Output Tables f90 AssignDrainageFlows f90 AssignPriorityOrder f90 BalanceFlowsAtReservoirs f90 BalanceFlowsAtStreamNodes f90 BuildDrainageOrder f90 BuildLinkStructure f90 BuildNodeStructure f90 CalculateDemand f90 calv46sn_v7 f Data_Read f90 et v7 fromdave f find f90 Compaq Visual Fortran Project Files topnet dsw topnet ncb topnet opt compilable compilable dsp compilable compilable plg hydatasn_v7 f ImposeMeasuredFlows f90 indepthl v7 f Initialise Output Tables f90 kinwav v7 f Luns inc maxvariable
206. nal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table contains the map images used throughout the report reportSwappedFor indicates the subreport for which this image was stored This table is used rather than tmp ReportSwaplImages in the case that more than one image is needed in the same subreport Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments picturedata Binary 2147483647 No size Numeric 4 No No filename Text reportSwappedFor Text LocallyModified Boolean 1 created ae A addtn Data2 Text addtnlData3 Text 50 No No addtn Data4 Text 50 No No Table tmp_ReportSwapImages3 Description All tmp_ tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table contains the map images used throughout the report reportSwappedFor indicates the subreport for which this image was stored This table is used rather than tmp ReportSwaplImages or tmp ReportSwapImage2 in the case that more than one image is needed in the same subreport Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments picturedata Binary 2147483647 No size Numeric 4 No No filename Text No No reportSwappedFor Text LocallyModified Boolean 1 cu modi odar created addtn Data2 Text 50 No No addtnlData3 Text 50 No No addtnlData4 Text 50 No No 218 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553
207. nario number frmSelectLayer vb Contains the routines used to select a layer from MapWindow s view New ico An icon used for the New BMP button on the toolbar Open ico An icon used for Open BMP button on the toolbar Save ico An icon used for the Save BMP button on the toolbar Add the following references to the project DssIntfcLib dll MapWinGIS ocx MapWinlnterfaces dll Stdole dll System dll System Data dll System Drawing dll System Windows Forms dll System Xml dll You are now ready to compile the project by clicking the Build Solution menu option under the menu Build The Best Management Practices Tool is installed in all versions of the WRIA 1 DSS installation 55 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 Technical Documentation Nooksack DBMS LaunchPad Last Revision 3 22 04 56 Table of Contents Table Designs gt Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Descriptions and Notes Dependencies Software Module and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE Setup Setup and Configuration gt Interactions between Client and Server Building Code Compiling gt Individual Projects of the DBMS Installations 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1 Table Designs Da
208. nd Components Integrated Development Environment IDE 4 Setup Setup Customizations 5 Building Code Compiling gt Installations 189 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 42770 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 1 Table Designs Database WRIAReportData Table 303d Description Contains data regarding 303 d listed waterbodies Data is selected by either wcrsNumber wbid or wgclNumber depending on whether it s a waterbody watercourse or water grid cell 2 Key Primary Field Type Size Field Key Comments LocallyModified Boolean No No n modified or created wcrsNumber Text 50 No No Parameter Text 50 No No Medium Text 50 No No 303d Text 50 No No FirstListedYear 50 No No Basis Text 2048 Remarks Text 2048 ActionNeeded Text 50 No No wbid Text 50 No No wgclNumber Text 50 No No Table CensusData CompleteState Description Contains census data for the complete state Data is selected by town or city name field Field Type Size d oe Comments town or city name Text 255 Yes No Type Text 255 No No Index Numeric B No No 8 Federal Information Place FIPS Numeric No No Processing Standard Internal Point Latitude Numeric 8 No No Internal Point Longitude Numeric 8 No No Total population Total Numeric 8 E No No Occupied housing units Average household size Total Numeric No 190 Occupied housing units To
209. need to go back to the model and show the dialog when the user requests it This is done by the ShowDialog method that you implemented from the IDssModel interface There is only one tricky thing about the ShowDialog method You must tell the Model Manager when you are done showing your dialog This is necessary because it is possible to have a non modal dialog that interacts with the MapWindow A non modal dialog is one that allows you to interact with other forms while the dialog is open A modal dialog does not allow the user to interact with anything else until the dialog is closed To summarize modal dialogs are synchronous non modal dialogs asynchronous If the dialog is asynchronous you have to have your form notify the model when it closes This can be done in a number of ways Implement a callback system so that the parameter page itself notifies the model that it is closing 127 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 e Create a function in the model class that is a FormClosing delegate and then before you display the dialog add the model class FormClosing delegate function as a handler of the dialog form s FormClosing event Neither of these two options is really very difficult if you are familiar with delegates or callbacks If you are not familiar with either of those two concepts it is worthwhile to learn about them because they can in some situations make a task that
210. needs to include the following files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET clsDirectionPtVals vb Contains a class that defines variables and functions used for drawing the Direction Arrow on the Map clsHSCData vb Contains classes for accessing and storing Habitat Suitability Curve Data clsMapData vb Contains a class that defines variables and functions for loading Shapefiles into the Map clsPS2DMain vb Contains a class that implements the MapWindow plugin interface 47 cIsWU AData vb Contains classes for accessing and storing Weighted Usable Area WUA Data frmDBConnection vb frmDBConnection resx Displays the Connection form that allows the user to associate the shapefile and shapefile field and the database with the 2D Habitat Viewer plug in frmSelectLayer resx frmFlowFrameIndex vb Displays the form that allows the user view the AVI Frame frmFlowFrameIndex resx vs Flow Indexing frmPS2DViewer vb Displays the 2D Habitat Viewer form This form contains frmPS2DViewer resx the Physical Map HSC WUA Fish Distribution and other Miscellaneous viewable data for available stations You show this form by selecting the 2D Habitat icon from the Map Window toolbar or by selecting one or more points on the associated shapefile frmSelectFishObs vb Displays the form to select the Fish Observation Ove
211. nfo vb Contains a class that implements an interface to access read from and write to the Project File Statistics vb Contains a class and an enumeration to access store and calculate statistics averaged values and censored data for the plots in the Time Series Analyst TS1 bmp Bitmap version of TS1 ico It is used as the default custom image for the optional point shapefile when it is associated with a Database Connection in the Time Series Analyst plug in NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource TS1 ico Icon that is used as the Map Window Legend picture when using the default image for the optional point shapefile when it is associated with a Database Connection in the Time Series Analyst It also is the icon on the Map Window Toolbar for the Time Series Analyst plug in NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource Now that the files and resources are there and the project is loaded into Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 please double check a couple of settings These settings are all related to the references associated with the project see Section 3 Dependencies Reference Settings ADODB AxMSFlexGridLib AxPEGO32BLib AxPESGO32BLib MapWinGIS MapWinInterfaces CopyLocal False CopyLocal True CopyLocal True CopyLocal True CopyLocal False CopyLocal False 187 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192
212. ng Result Set belongs to It corresponds Integer with DBCode Field in the OK tblStations table Nene Text 50 No No oo is the name given to this Result Table tblResultsHabefQ1Q2 Description Contains the simulated Effective Habitat Flow Comparison Results for the given Cross Section NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Key Field ond Comments Lon Yes This is a unique ID for each set of DBCode AutoNumber No Yes simulated Effective Habitat Flow Integer Duplicates Comparison Results This is the ID for the Cross Section that Long Yes this set of simulated Effective Habitat XSecID Number Integer Duplicates No Flow Comparison Results belongs to It OK corresponds with the DBCode Field in the tblCrossSections table 27 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 This is the set of simulated Effective Habitat Flow Comparison Results HABBloc OLE Object No No NOTE This value is in a Binary Large OBject BLOB format It is specially written by the PHABWin 2002 program Table tblResultsHabefSpeciesCompare Description Contains the simulated Effective Habitat Species Comparison Results for the given Cross Section NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Key Field EM Comments Lon Yes This is a unique ID for each set of DBCode AutoNumber Yes simulated Effective Habitat Spec
213. nning as you must decide what needs to be put into separate merge modules and you must create wrapper installations to hold these merge modules However this small time investment in the beginning speeds up future installations considerably and pays for itself several times over Often you may build a merge module for inclusion in large installations but you also wish to be able to install only the component in the merge module without installing other things as well The Time Series Analyst is another ideal example of this sometimes you may want to install only the Time Series Analyst Since a merge module cannot be installed directly you must create an InstallShield installation which installs nothing but this merge module This is referred to as a Wrapper installation for that merge module since its sole purpose is to wrap that merge module making it installable Occasionally in this document when describing merge modules you ll see a reference to a wrapper installation location This is showing where a wrapper installation for merge module has already been created 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 217 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 Additionally a merge module may contain other merge modules A good example of this is the Model Manager merge module which also contains the Add
214. ns 84 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Fallow 85 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Urban Recreational Grasses 89 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Dairy 91 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Woody Wetlands 92 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Emergent Herbaceous Wetlands Table MapSelect Field Name Data Type Description ShapeIndex Long Integer The index of the shape last selected in the shapefile Table Scenario BMPs Field Name Data Type Description Scenariold Long Integer The scenario associated with the best management practice Drainageld Long Integer The drainage id associated with the best management practice DrainageName Text The drainage name associated with the best management practice BMP_Name Text The name of the best management practice PercentAffected Long Integer The percentage of the land cover or watershed 52 area the best management practice is applied to Phos Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for phosphorus N Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for nitrogen NH3 4 Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for NH 3 NH 4 N 2 Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for NO 2 NO 3 N BOD Reduction Long Integer The pe
215. ns have not been properly set then a Connection Form will appear allowing you to set the shapefile if desired the database type and the database Then after the shapefile if desired the database type and the database have been properly associated select the 1D Habitat icon amp b from the Map Window toolbar and the viewer will appear allowing the user to view the data See the User s Manual for more information and details on associating the data with the 1D Habitat Viewer 5 Code Compiling Compiling the 1D Habitat Viewer is a fairly straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components discussed in Section 3 Dependencies are present load the project into Visual Studio Net 2003 This Plugin was created using Visual Basic VB The project needs to include the following files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET clsDBFunctions vb Contains functions used for accessing and updating the associated database clsEHFlowInfo vb Contains classes for accessing and storing Expected Habitat data 34 clsObservedInfo vb Contains a class for accessing and storing Calibration Set Observed Data clsObservedVelocities vb Contains a class for accessing and storing Observed Velocity data for the Calibration Set Observed Data clsPredictedFlow vb Contains a class for accessing and storing Flow Water Sur
216. ntfcLib CopyLocal True 3987 MapWinGIS CopyLocal False 3988 MapWinInterfaces CopyLocal False 3989 stdole CopyLocal False 3990 System CopyLocal False 3991 System Data CopyLocal False 3992 System Drawing CopyLocal False 3993 System Windows Forms CopyLocal False 3994 System XML CopyLocal False 2993 3996 Now that these settings have been set correctly click the Build icon or select Build from 3997 the menu The mwTempDOflags dll has now been created with Microsoft Visual Studio 3998 2003 It is created in mwTimeSeries subdirectory in the 3999 Plugins ModelManager Elements mwTempDOFlags 4000 folder Next time that MapWindow is run if the mwTempDOflags dll was built to the 4001 correct folder the updated changes to the Temperature and DO Flags Model will be 4002 available 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 177 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 Technical Documentation Time Series Analyst Last Revision 06 15 06 178 Table of Contents Table Design Table Descriptions and Notes Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Relationship Diagrams Data Needs gt Type Location of Data Tagson Layers Dependencies Software Modules and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE Setup
217. o NET 2002 It is created in the mwWellViewer subdirectory in the Plugins folder Next time that MapWindow is run if the mwWellViewer dll was built to the correct folder the updated changes to the Well Log Data Viewer will be available 244 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 3029 5030 5031 Technical Documentation Course Resolution Water Quality Model Last Revision Dec 28 2007 Table of Contents 1 Table Designs Table Descriptions and Notes Table Relationship Diagrams 2 Dependencies Software Module and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE 3 Setup Setup Customizations Code Compiling 4 Building Installations 245 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 1 Table Designs Land Cover Database LandCoverSummary mdb See Technical Documentation For Land Cover Summarizer for table designs Best Management Practices Database BestManagementPractices mdb See Technical Documentation For Best Management Practices Tool for table designs WRIA Wide Water Quality Parameters Database WRIA WideWQParameters mdb Table Catchments Field Name Data Type Description CatchmentID Long Integer The catchment id associated with the catchment drainage pai
218. o import water quality parameter code data from a delimited text file frmWQQAQCCodelImport vb Allows the user to import water quality QAQC quality assurance quality check codes from a delimited text file frmWQSourceDatabaseImport vb Allows the user to import water quality source database codes from a delimited text file frmWOsStationImport vb Allows the user to import water quality stations from a delimited text file web avi This is the file transfer animation shown during a file download or data update Installers An installer exists for only the DBMS LaunchPad as it is the only project intended to be widely distributed The Update Assistant is automatically downloaded when needed by the DBMS so no installer is necessary for it The DBMS LaunchPad tool will download other components or installers as necessary so no other installations need to be built and shipped with this one 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 Technical Documentation The Habitat Time Series Model Last Revision 06 21 06 Table of Contents 1 Input Habitat Database Table Design Table Descriptions and Notes gt Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Relationship Diagrams 2 Input Daily Flow Data
219. oat 8 March Water Balance Error APRWBERR Float 8 April Water Balance Error MAYWBERR Float au No No May Water Balance Error JUNWBERR Float No No June Water Balance Error JULWBERR Float au No No July Water Balance Error AUGWBERR Float 8 August Water Balance Error SEPWBERR Float 8 No No September Water Balance Error OCTWBERR Float B No No October Water Balance Error NOVWBERR Float 8 No No November Water Balance Error DECWBERR Float No No December Water Balance Error WBERR Float 8 Water Balance Error WBERRPERC Float Water Balance Error pct SWTOT Float 8 Surface Water Total 227 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 GWTOT Float 8 No No Groundwater Total SWRES Float 8 No No Surface Water Residential GWRES Float 8 No No Ground Water Residential SWCI Float il No No Surface Water Commercial Industrial GWCI Float 8 Groundwater Commercial Industrial SWAG Float 8 No No Surface Water Agriculture GWAG Float 8 No No Groundwater Agriculture SWPWS Float 8 No GWPWS Float 8 No JANQDEFCFS Floa 8 No January FEBQDEFCFS Floa 8 No February MARQDEFCFS Float 8 No March APRQDEFCFS Float 8 No April MAYQDEFCFS Floa 8 No May JUNQDEFCFS Float No No June JULQDEFCFS Float 8 No July AUGQDCFS Float No No August SEPQDEFCFS Float 8 No No September OCTQDEFCFS Float 8 October
220. odPlotNameDefinitions vb This module contains the variable definitions for the available plot types in the 1D Habitat Viewer modUtils vb This module contains functions that are used throughout the project for reporting errors file functionality searching shapefiles and other necessary functionality PluginInfo vb Contains a class that implements an interface to access read from and write to the Project File trout D bmp Bitmap version of the trout1D ico It is used as a custom image for the point shapefile associated with the 1D Habitat Viewer plug in NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource trout1 D ico Icon that is used as the Map Window Legend picture when using a custom image for the point shapefile if associated with the 1D Habitat Viewer It also is the icon on the Map Window Toolbar for the 1D Habitat Viewer plug in NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource Now that the files and resources are there and the project is loaded into Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 please double check a couple of settings These settings are all related to the references associated with the project see Section 3 Dependencies Reference Settings AxPE3DO32BLib AxPESGO32BLib BLOBMANAGELib MapWinGIS MapWinInterfaces PE3DO32BLib PESGO32BLib stdole System System Data System Drawing System Windows Forms System XML CopyLocal True CopyLocal True CopyLocal True CopyLoc
221. of October for the given fish node Oct 1 Number Integer No No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2 half of October for the given fish node Oct 2 Number Integer No No pair Note O Not Present l Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of November for the given fish node Nov 1 Number Integer No No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2 half of November for the given fish node Nov 2 Number Integer No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of Dec 1 Number nteger No No December for the given fish node pair 145 3390 3391 3392 3393 Note O Not Present l Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 274 half of December for the given fish node Dec 2 Number nteger No No pair Note O Not Present l Present 2 This is the Current Known Fish Cunent Known lYesNo No No Distribution value for the given node fish pair NOTE Yes Present No Absent This is the Current Presumed Fish Distribution value for the given node fish pair NOTE Yes Present No Absent This is the Presumed Historic Potential Fish Distribution value for the given node fish pair NOTE Yes Present No Absent Current_Presumed Yes No No No Presumed Historic Yes No No No Table tbIPeriodicity Master Descripti
222. omments This is a unique ID for each Station It corresponds with the Station ID Field in the tblBackgroundImageFiles table the tblFishObsFiles table the tblFlows table the tblMediaFiles table the tblMeshFiles table the tblSpecies table and Lon Yes Station_ID AutoNumber No Yes Integer Duplicates tbIWUAFiles table Station Name Text 50 No No This is the Name of the Station This is the Flow Direction for the Flow Direction Text 2 No No river section at this Station NOTE Valid values are the 43 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 standard 8 compass directions N NE E SE S SW W NW Table tbIWUAFiles Description Contains the File paths and names for the available Weighted Usable Area WUA Files at the given Station Field Type Size Key Field vp Comments is Yes This is a unique ID for each WUA ID AutoNumber Yes Weighed Usable Area WUA Integer 2 Duplicates File This is the ID for the Station that haus Yes this Weighted Usable Area Station_ID Number Integer Duplicates No WUA File belongs to It OK corresponds with the Station ID Field in the tblStations table This is the File path where the Weighted Usable Area WUA File is located WUA Filename Text 255 No No M pde ath value It is stored relative to this database For Example Station WUA Filename csv 44 tbIMediaFiles Media Files ID tblIM
223. omponent LifestagePlotter dll NET Component for editing Fish Lifestage data Mscomct2 msm Microsoft Common Controls library used for animation controls Msflxgrd msm Microsoft FlexGrid control used for data editing interface SQLDMO dll SQL Distribted Management Object used to manage SQL Server Stdole dll Standard OLE interface library DBMS conf DBMS Configuration File prebuilt for Nooksack DBMS exe DBMS Executable itself Administrative Edition DBMS pdb DBMS Program Debug Library helpful for debugging purposes ICSharpCode SharpZipLib dll Compression library used to speed up network MDAC27ENU msm Data Access components for ODBC data access 594 295 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 Gigasoft Proessentials Charting Components Gigasoft msm Installation GigaSoft Merge Module Gigasoft Gigasoft sIn This is a merge module used to provide all of the Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing components both versions 3 and 4 and all of their dependencies This was built in response to consistently missing dependencies for these controls of these files are placed in the Windows System32 directory some are registered some are not Files Included Pe3dol6a ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pe3do32a ocx Contains a ProEssentials ActiveX control Pegol6
224. on Contains the Master copy of the Periodicity Data for each Fish pair When the default Periodicity values are restored they are restored from this table of values Field Type Size Key Field Comments idi Yes This is a unique ID for each set of PM ID AutoNumber 8 No Yes Master Periodicity values in the Integer E Duplicates table This is the ID for the Fish that this pus Yes set of Periodicity values belong to It Lifestage ID Number MOM Duplicates No corresponds with the Lifestage ID Field in the tblLifestages table and the tblPeriodicity Master table Periodicity Value for the Ist half of January for the given fish usi Number Integer INO DR Note 0 Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of January for the given fish _2 Number No Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak 146 Periodicity Value for the Ist half of February for the given fish Note OzNot Present 1 Present Feb 1 Number Integer No No Feb 2 Number Integer No No Mar 1 Number Integer No No Mar 2 Number Integer No No 1 Number Integer No me Note OzNot Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2nd half of April for the given fish Apr_2 Number Integer No Ne Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the Ist half of May for the given fish May 1 Number Integer No SNoi Pres tit May 2 Number Integer No Jun 1 Number Integer No No Jun 2
225. on Male 35 to 39 Mex wm years Total population Male 40 to 44 es wo pe years 191 Total population Male 45 to 49 hex R1 years Total population Male 50 to 54 hex mw years Total population Male 55 to 59 mex m o years Total population Male 60 and 61 mex Total population Male 62 to 64 mex wm _ years Total population Male 65 and 66 Mer vo pe years Total population Male 67 to 69 es wo pe years Total population Male 70 to 74 Me mom o years Total population Male 75 to 79 Me mom o years Total population Male 80 to 84 mex 00000 years 5 population Male 85 years and J Total population Female Numeric 8 population Female Under 1 Numeral No No Total population Female 1 year Numeric 8 Total population Female 2 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 3 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 4 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 5 years Numeric 8 Total population Female 6 years Numeric IB No No Total population Female 7 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 8 years Numeric 8 Total population Female 9 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 10 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 11 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 12 years Numeric 8 Total population Female 13 year
226. on ID Field in the tblStations table 39 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 Table tblFlows This is the File path where the Fish Observation Overlay File is located This file must be a valid Polygon Shapefile FishObs Filename Text 255 No No NOTE This value is a relative ath value It is stored relative to this database For Example Station FishObs Filename shp Description Contains the Flow values for the given Station NOTE This table needs to be filled in previous to running the 2D Data Importer Field Type Size Key Field Comments Lon bs Flow ID AutoNumber Yes Integer Duplicates Don Yes Station ID Number Duplicates Integer OK Flow ems Number Flow cfs Number AVI Frame Number Long No No Integer No No No No 40 This is a unique ID for each Flow It corresponds with the Flow ID Field in the tblMeshFiles table This is the ID for the Station that this Flow belongs to It corresponds with the Station ID in the tblStations table This is the Flow value in cubic meters per second cms m 3 sec This is the Flow value in cubic feet er second cfs ft 3 sec This is the AVI Frame number that this Flow corresponds with 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 Table tbIMediaFiles Description Contains the File paths and names for the available miscellaneous Media Files for a given St
227. on does not need to worry about saving the settings anywhere so long as the settings are accessible using the functions just named the model manager will deal with saving and restoring these values automatically Parameters Locked This indicates that the scenario is locked and changes should not be allowed Settings may still be viewed however DssManager This is a reference to the instance of the model manager which has called this function DataPath This is the path that the scenario element should use if the element needs to read or write directly to data on disk This should be avoided in favor of the automatic parameter saving system string Name This is a get parameter which should return the name of the scenario element as it will be displayed in the scenario builder This should be fairly short string Version This is a get parameter which should return the version of the scenario element void set ParamValue int Index string pVal This function is called by the model manager when previously saved values are being restored to the element The model manager will call this function as many times as the function ParamCount returns also providing the appropriate value for each parameter These values should be saved into appropriate variables in the 111 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2
228. on the master server as with everything in DBMS for propagation to clients frmShellfishByDrainage vb Allows editing of the text block representing shellfish comments for each drainage ReportMain vb This contains all of the preparation the reports themselves Maps are generated in this module as well frmSplash vb This is the main screen This does the component checking to ensure requisite components are present This form is also responsible for the data update scanning 65 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 66 frmWaterQuality vb Allows the user to edit Water Quality data including import water quality data Calls importer screens below frmWellsByDrainage vb Allows altering the number of wells per drainage as well as changing the well related comments for the drainage frmWQAgencyCodelImport vb Allows the user to import water quality agency code data from a delimited text file frmWQCommentCodeImport vb Allows the user to import water quality comment code data from a delimited text file frmWOQbDataCodelImport vb Allows the user to import water quality data from a delimited text file frmW QDatalmport vb Allows the user to import water quality data from a delimited text file All code descriptions must be imported separately frmWOQParameterCodeImport vb Allows the user t
229. onnectionName where FieldID is the Field Number for the StationID Field in the Shapefile and ConnectionName is the Connection Name described above e Custom Icon this is the icon that you want to be associated with the specified Point Shapefile Because there can be multiple connections to the Time Series Analyst you can specify this Icon to be different for each connection created This can only be specified if you associate a Point Shapefile with a connection As stated above the point shapefile requires one field to be found in the data table Following is the description of the required Field in the shapefile an example field name the field type a description of the data that gets entered into this field and how the field data is associated with the data in the database Optional Point Shapefile field a Station ID String The ID for the Station at this location It corresponds with the Station field in the Stations table found in the database Each value that is found in this field in the shapefile also needs to be found in the database 3 Dependencies The Time Series Analyst plug in requires the following software components and modules to be installed Software Gigasoft s ProEssentials Graphing Tools Version 4 MapWindow 3 1 Visual Studio NET 2003 183 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4
230. ontains a class that contains variables for Map components properties and functions that can be used throughout the project main cs Contains a class that implements the MapWindow plugin interface PluginInfo cs Contains a class that implements an interface to access read from and write to the Project File Now that the files and resources are there and the project is loaded into Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 please double check a couple of settings These settings are all related to the references associated with the project see Section 3 Dependencies Reference Settings AxMSChart20Lib CopyLocal True MapWinlInterfaces CopyLocal False MSChart20Lib CopyLocal True MSDATASRC CopyLocal False stdole CopyLocal False System CopyLocal False System Data CopyLocal False System Drawing CopyLocal False system web services CopyLocal False System Windows Forms CopyLocal False System XML CopyLocal False Now that these settings have been set correctly click the Build icon or select Build from the menu The mwMa croInvertData Viewer dll has now been created with Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 It is created in the mmwMIVViewer subdirectory in the Plugins folder Next time that MapWindow is run if the mwMIV Viewer dll was built to the correct folder the updated changes to the Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer will be available 103 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 238
231. ormat It is specially written by the PHABWin 2002 program Table tblSpecies Description Contains the Information for each Species and Lifestage pair available in the given Result Set NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Field Comments E Yes This is a unique ID for each Species and DBCode AutoNumber CUR No Yes Lifestage pair It corresponds with the ET Duplicates SpeciesID Field in the tbISpeciesSI table This is the ID for the Result Set that this Long f Species and Lifestage pair belongs to It a o Integer corresponds with the DBCode Field in the tbIResultSets table Species Text 255 No This is the name of the Species Lifestage Text 255 This is the name of the Lifestage of the Species Table tblSpeciesSI Description Contains the simulated Suitability Index 51 values Depth Velocity Temperature and Channel Index for the given Fish NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Key Field m Comments Long bu This is a unique ID for each simulated DBCode AutoNumber No Yes vate us Integer Suitability Index SI value Duplicates Yes This is the ID for the Fish that this SpeciesID Number Long Duplicates No simulated Suitability Index SD value Integer OK belongs to It corresponds with the DBCode Field in the tb Species table This is the Suitability Index SI Type Long for
232. oses by month and by drainage Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments IndUse Numeric Industrial Use month Numeric Month of year recordnumber Numeric 4 Record Number LocallyModified Boolean nh No No Locally modified or created Drainage Text 75 Drainage Name Table WaterUse Precipitation Description Stores the water gain from precipitation by month and by drainage Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Precip Numeric No No Precipitation month Numeric 4 Month of year recordnumber Numeric Record Number LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created Drainage Text 75 No No Drainage Name Table WellsbyDrainage Description Contains a count of wells and a well related comment for each drainage Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments DrainName Text 255 Drainage Name WellsComment Text 100 No No Well related comment NumWells Numeric 4 Number of wells in drainage recordnumber Numeric 4 Record Number LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created 223 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 Table ZoningAbbreviations Description Stores the zoning abbreviations used in the Zoning shapefiles abbreviation is the shorthand notation and fullname is the full name to be printed in the report Field Type Size Key Field Pr
233. ost languages Parameters Sender This is a reference or a pointer to your scenario element itself Message This is the progress message to be displayed on your progress bar High level languages like most Microsoft NET languages will interpret the BSTR type as a simple String type Low level languages like C will need to pass a B string PercentDone This is the percent done expressed numerically This will be displayed on the progress bar HRESULT ReportError IDssModel sender BSTR Message This function is used to report an error during execution to the Scenario Builder This will appear in the scenario run log Parameters Sender This is a reference or a pointer to your scenario element itself Message This is the error message to be placed in the run log High level languages like most Microsoft NET languages will interpret the BSTR type as a simple String type Low level languages like C will need to pass a B string HRESULT CancelWasRequested VARIANT BOOL result This function is used to ask the scenario builder if a cancel has been requested by the user clicking the stop button in the scenario builder This should be checked periodically during your Execute function if you re doing complex calculations the model manager will never halt your scenario element so it s your responsibility to check to see if the run has been cancelled and stop processing nicely 113 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 27
234. p Calibration Parameter QbTemp Double Simulation Base Flow Temperature Deg C Cb_TN Double Base Flow Total Nitrogen Concentration mg L Cb_NH3 Double Base Flow Ammonia Concentration mg L Cb_NO3 Double Base Flow Nitrate Concentration mg L Cb_TP Double Base Flow Total Phosphorus Concentration mg L Cb_BOD Double Base Flow BOD Concentration mg L Cb_FC Double Base Flow Fecal Coliform Bacteria Concentration 100 mL 2 Dependencies The Course Resolution Water Quality Model requires the following software to be installed Software MapWindow 3 1 DSS Model Manager Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2003 Complete Install The Course Resolution Water Quality Model requires the data output by the following DSS elements Land Cover Summary Tool Best Management Practices Tool 3 Setup 1 DSS Installation installs the Course Resolution Water Quality Model in the MapWindow Plugins folder This is usually located at C Program Files MapWindow Plugins ModelManager Elements 247 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 4 Building To compile the Best Management Practices Tool add the files below to a Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 Visual Basic NET Library Project mwCourseResolutionWQModel project files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information rel
235. port and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table contains each of the Land Cover types from National Land Cover Dataset Classification System along with the percentage of the selected drainages they cover and the total area reporting on Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments This field is repeating information but it makes the totalarea Numeric 4 No report calculations much easier to perform keeping it in this un normalized form Level Text 50 No percent Numeric 8 No LocallyModified Boolean 1 No Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportNutrients Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table holds the number of samples and average sample value for each nutrient at each sampling site taken from the WaterQuality database Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments stationname Text 75 No No nutrient Text 75 meanvalue Numeric 8 No No numsamples Numeric 8 No No 215 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 LocallyModified Boolean 1 No No Locally modified or created Table tmp ReportPassData Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table has only one row of data
236. r DrainageID Long Integer The WRIA 1 Drainage ID associated with the catchment drainage pair Table EMCs Field Name Data Type Description DrainageID Long Integer WRIA 1 Drainage ID Land Cover Code Long Integer associated land cover class id EMC TN Text Expected mean concentration EMC for total nitrogen mg L EMC NH3 Text EMC for ammonia mg L N03 Text EMC for nitrate mg L EMC TP Text EMC for total phosphorus mg L EMC FC Text EMC for fecal coliform mg L EMC BOD Text EMC for BOD mg L Table Input Air Temperatures Field Name Data Type Description Date Date Time The date the temperature data was recorded AvgTemperature Double Average daily temperature at Abbotsford Canada in degrees C AirTempFlag Text Flag for average daily air temperatures from Abbotsford data 246 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 Table Parameters Field Name Data Type Description DrainageID Long Integer WRIA 1 Drainage ID DrainageName Text Name of the WRIA 1 Drainage DOPercentSat Double DO Percent Saturation Parameter Calibration Parameter AirWaterSlope Double Slope of Air Temperature Surface Soil Temperature Relationship Calibration Parameter AirWaterInt Double Intercept of Air Temperature Surface Soil Temperature Relationshi
237. r decides to edit the shapefile already associated with the Temperature and DO Flags Model frmSelectNodes vb frmSelectNodes resx A form that allows the user to select the nodes to model either from the Map Window Map or from the list of available nodes This form will only be shown if the user decides to edit the selected nodes already associated with the Temperature and DO Flags Model modDatabase vb Contains functions for access and writing to the Input and Output database and the variable definitions for the Output Database type modGlobals vb Contains the definitions for variables used throughout the project such as MapWindow variables model variables parameter variables error variables and others 176 modParameters vb Contains the variable definitions for the Input Parameter Names modShapefile vb Contains the variable definitions and functions for accessing data on the associated Model Nodes Shapefile modUtils vb Contains functions used throughout the project for reporting errors accessing files and other functionality 3978 3979 3980 Now that the files and resources are there and the project is loaded into Microsoft Visual 398 Studio NET 2003 please double check a couple of settings These settings are all related 3982 to the references associated with the project see Section 7 Dependencies 3983 3984 Reference Settings 3985 ADODB CopyLocal False 3986 DssI
238. r or selection formula assistant If the report has a map select from the data tables based on reportSwappedFor f Openrpt FullReport rpt and insert a new section where desired Insert the new report here g Add code to the DataGeneration vb and or ReportMain vb source files to create a new map if necessary and to generate or prepare any data needed Similary removing a report section permanently can be done in Visual Studio by doing the reverse of the instructions above a Make note of the sectionLink number s in the report Delete the report b Remove this subreport from FullReport rpt c Delete any code from DataGeneration vb and or ReportMain vb that was used to prepare maps and data for this report d Remove the records from SectionVisibility and DataSources where the sectionLink is equal to the number noted in step 1 5 Building Compiling the Watershed Characterization Report Generator is a fairly straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components discussed in item 3 above are present load the project into Visual Studio and click the Build icon or select Build from the menu There are two projects which are a part of this solution First the Watershed Characterization MapWindow Plugin is the component loaded into MapWindow which generates all needed data At the end of the report generation sequence the plugin will then automatically start ReportViewer exe which is the second project in the sol
239. r the Habitat Time Series Model 8 Code Compiling Compiling the Time Series Analyst is a fairly straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components discussed in Section 6 Dependencies are present load the project into Visual Studio Net 2003 This DSS Model was created using Visual Basic VB The project needs to include the following files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET clsFlow vb Contains a class for accessing and storing the Date Flow data from the Input Daily Flow Database see Section 2 Input Daily Flow Database Table Design and Data Needs for a fish clsMainPhabTS vb Contains a class that implements the Map Window plug in interface and the DSS Model Interface and other functions for editing the parameters for and running the Habitat Time Series Model clsPeriodicity vb Contains an enumeration and a class for accessing and storing the Periodicity Data from the Input Habitat Database see Section 1 Input Habitat Database Table Design 82 clsWUA vb Contains a class for accessing and storing the calculated Flow and Weighted Usable Area WUA values Output values created when the model is run for a node clsWUAInput vb Contains a class for access and storing the Weighted Usable Area WUA values from the Input Habitat Database see Section 1 Input Habitat Table Design and Section
240. r the Group Size 1 Sizel 2 mm Number Double No No 2mm Default Value 0 for this field Sample count for the Group Size 2 Size2 4 mm Number Double No No 4mm Default Value 0 for this field Sample count for the Group Size 4 6 Mm Number Double Ne No 6mm The Default Value 0 for this 97 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 215 i Jd mH _ Sample count for the Group Size 6 Size 8 mm Number Double No No 8mm The Default Value 0 for this field Sample count for the Group Size 8 Size8 10 mm Number Double No No 10mm The Default Value 0 for this field Sample count for the Group Size 10 mm Number Double No No gt 10mm The Default Value 0 for this field Table Site Information Description Contains all the information Site ID Site Name Sample Name Sample Type Time In and Out Velocity In and Out Site Location Net size etc about a Site for each sample that was taken and processed Field Type Size Key Field kr Comments This is a unique ID for each Site Yes where a sample was taken It Site ID Number Double Duplicates No corresponds with the Site ID Field in OK the Macroinvertebrate Data table and the Unique SiteID List table This is the Name of the Site where the sample was taken It corresponds SiteName HERE nO No with the Site Name Field in the Unique SiteID List table This is the Name for the sample tha
241. r version 5 6 It has no additional dependencies 249 uen Cn UC N CA CA NR RRR Re Re Ree The Course Resolution Water Quality Model is installed in all versions of WRIA 1 055 installation Automake fig Lahey compiler script for WWCM NOQUITONERROR DEBUG FILES NsrcNapifunctions f95 COMPILE 1 95 fi C 01 MOD mo TPP OBJDIR src OBJEXT ob j MODULE Nsrc AND FILES NsrcNutils f95 COMPILE 801f95 fi C 1 TPP OBJDIR src MODULE Nsrc AND FILES NsrcNsetscn n f95 COMPILE 801f95 fi C ol TPP OBJDIR src OBJEXT 0bj MODULE Nsrc AND FILES src qsetup_n f95 COMPILE 01f95 fi C 1 TPP OBJDIR src OBJEXT 0bj MODULE Nsrc AND FILES src nrmodules 95 COMPILE 801f95 fi C ol OBJDIR src MODULE Nsrc AND FILES NsrcNreachstructures f95 COMPILE 801f95 fi C 1 TPP OBJDIR src MODULE src AND 250 LST DLL trac nvsw LST DLL trac ml 1 95 LST DLL trace ml 1 95 LST DLL trac ml 1 95 LST DLL trac ml 1 95 LST DLL trac ml 1 95 nvsw nvsw nvsw nvsw nvsw ml 1f95 ml bc O SD SSF OE SSDSSF SOE SSDSSF SOE SSDSSF SOE SSDSSF SOE E m m a n MOD MOD MOD
242. rated by VB NET BULLSEYE CUR Bullseye cursor used for indicating the next mouse click will close the current land cover change polygon being drawn ChangeLandCoverPlugin vb Implements MapWindow Plugin and DSS Interfrace routines allowing Land Cover Changer to act as a MapWindow Plugin and a DSS element Common vb Common functions used by the land cover changer CURSOR CUR Cursor used for selecting polygons in shapefile for land cover change boundaries frmChangeLandCover vb Contains the routines used to create land cover change boundary polygons frmSelectChanges vb Contains the routines used to select what land cover changes 91 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 to perform inside a selected boundary frmSelectLayer vb Contains the routines used to select a layer from MapWindow s view frmSettings vb Contains the routines used to select the settings for the Land Cover Change Tool OpenDirectoryDialog vb Contains the routines used to select a directory to be used by the Land Cover Change Tool PENCIL CUR Pencil cursor used when drawing a land cover change boundary on MapWindow s view Add the following references to the project DssIntfcLib dll MapWinGIS ocx MapWinlnterfaces dll Mic
243. rca_exe asp Open ORCA Open the msi file associated with the installation that you just built This will be on the first disk of your installation This will probably be called WRIA 1 Final Deliverable Standard Edition msi Click on the Components table you ll see a long list of data Find the component called Global_Controls MSCOMCT2OCX This component is associated with GUID 3207D1B8 80E5 11D2 B95D 006097C4DE24 Find the keypath field for this component Click into that field and clear out its contents Clear out only the KEYPATH portion don t delete the entire row Close and save the msi file The installation package may now be safely distributed to end users 376 3T 378 349 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 39 392 393 394 395 396 307 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 WRIA 1 Final Deliverable Administrative Edition Installshield Installation installation WRIA I Final Deliverable Administrative WRIA I Final Deliverable ise This is the main container for all components data and merge modules which need to be installed with the Nooksack DSS This InstallShield installation packages everything together and generates the set of install CDs to be distributed to end users This is the Administrative edition of the installation which means that it includes the following components and objects
244. rcentage of reduction for BOD FecalColBac Reduction Long Integer The percentage of reduction for fecal coliform bacteria 11 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification OpenWater 12 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Perennial Ice Snow 21 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Low Intensity Residential 22 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification High Intensity Residential 23 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Commercial Industrial Transportation 3l Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Bare Rock Sand Clay 32 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Quarries Strip Mines Gravel Pits 33 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Transitional 41 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Deciduous Forest 42 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Evergreen Forest 43 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Mixed Forest 51 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Shrubland 61 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Orchards Vineyards 71 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Grasslands Herbaceous 81 Yes No Does the BMP affect this land cover classification Pasture Hay 82 Yes No Does the
245. re inserted into the report when data is unavailable so that the report sees data and can link everything together North arrow2 gif This is the north arrow placed on the corner of maps 234 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 ReportMain vb This contains all of the preparation the reports themselves Maps are generated in this module as well ScaleBarUtils vb Copied from MapWindow this module contains conversion routines and factors ie inch to millimeter etc This also contains routines to generate accurate scale bars ReportViewer exe Project frmReportView vb Contains a CrystalReportViewer object used to examine the report if it s generated to screen rather than to a file FullReport rpt This contains page numbering formulas report header information and ties together all of the other reports by pulling them in as subreports Sections are hidden and made visible automatically from this report rpt Shellfish NoData rpt This report is shown in place of Shellfish 1 and rpt Shellfish 2 when no shoreline is present in the selected drainages TOCGenerator rpt This report summarizes all Table of Contents related data gathered during the first report execution This data is written in a manner that may be easily parsed so it may be read by
246. red as a consequence of the ShowDialog function below will have been loaded and made ready before this function is called Parameters DSSManager This is a reference to the Model Manager that called the execute function TimeStep This is the time step for execution in seconds For example 3600 would mean a timestep occurs every 5 minutes DataPath This is the path where data should be written if the element needs to write directly to disk StartDate This is the start date chosen with the date range selectors in the model manager interface This may be ignored if your scenario element does not use a date range End Date This is the end date chosen as above This also may be ignored if you don t need to restrict operations to a particular date range ScenarioID This is the scenario ID of the scenario which has called the execute function This is provided as a way for the element to mark any output for example naming a file with the scenario ID so that the end user can tell what scenario produced the file int ParamCount This is a get property which should return the number of data items that your scenario element needs to save and retrieve as a part of the scenario into which the element is embedded See also get ParamValue set ParamValue and get ParamName DssIntfcLib DssModel Type ModelType This is a get property which will return what type of model this is The options are filter model data editor or
247. resent l Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 274 half of May for the given fish node pair Nutaber Ne 9 Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of June for the given fish node pair iiber NO Note O Not Present l Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2 half of June for the given fish node pair Note O Not Present l Present 2 Peak e gt gt di d lt 5 E P n id N N Periodicity Value for the 1 half of July for the given fish node pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 274 half of ques nteger No July for the given fish node pair 144 Note O Not Present l Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of August for the given fish node pair Aug Ng Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 2 half of August for the given fish node pair Aug 2 Runes Integer INO ne Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Periodicity Value for the 1 half of September for the given fish node Sep 1 Number Integer No No pair Note O Not Present l Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2 half of September for the given fish node Sep 2 Number nteger No No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half
248. restoration projects frmEditGlossary vb Allows editing of the glossary terms and definitions frmEditISF vb Allows editing of instream flow requirements frmEditOverview vb Allows editing of the report overview The disclaimer is static and may not be edited frmEditPeriodicity vb Lets the user edit fish periodicity for a given dataset drainage and stream segment frmEditRecreation vb Allows editing of recreational data location and activities for a drainage frmEditStreamClosures vb Allows editing of stream closure data for a drainage frmEditWashingtonCensus vb Allows editing of the census data used in the report frmEditZoning Abbrev vb Lets the user edit zoning abbreviations i e R Forest Rural Forest frmFlowData vb Lists flow data collected for a given station Allows user to select the station from a combo box frmFlowDataAgenciesImport vb Allows flow data agencies to be imported into the database from a delimited text file frmFlowDataCommentsImport vb Allows flow data comments to be imported into the database from a delimited text file frmFlowDataGagesStationImport vb Allows flow data gage stations to be imported into the database from a delimited text file frmFlowDatalmport vb Allows flow data to be imported into the database from a delimited text file frmGridEditor vb Provides a generic form and datagrid to edit large tables Th
249. ributed by Business Objects Inc This provides the core redistributable components which are specific to the US English language Crystal Reports NET Managed Code Crystal Managed2003 msm This merge module is produced and distributed by Business Objects Inc This provides the core redistributable components needed by software using the Crystal extensions to Microsoft s NET languages Seagate Crystal Reports Keycode Manager Crystal regwiz2003 msm This merge module is produced and distributed by Business Objects Inc This provides the registration key indicating which developer produced the software and authorizing the client computer to use the Crystal Reports components Data Access Objects 3 60 DAO360 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp It provides the Data Access Objects SDK Software Development Kit used to access databases from code Distributed Component Object Model 95 DCOM95 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp This is a core requirement for most Windows applications Microsoft Foundations Classes 6 0 Libraries MFC42 msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp This provides libraries and dependencies needed by software developed with Microsoft Visual C Microsoft C Runtime Library 6 0 MSVCRT msm This merge module is produced by Microsoft Corp This provides libraries and dependencies needed by software developed with Microsoft Visual C Microsoft C Runtime Libr
250. ric Yes No No No Set value for the given node fish pair NOTE Yes Present No Absent Current Known Yes No No No Current Presumed Yes No No No 141 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 Table tblLifestages Description Contains the Lifestage Information for each of the Species that are available Field Type Size Key Field E Comments Unique for each Lifestage Yes si RM i corresponds with the Auto Long Lifestage ID Field in the Lifestages TD Number Integer 5 Xen tblDistribution Master table tbIPeriodicity table and the tblPeriodicity Master table The ID for the Species that this Long en Lifestage belongs to It corresponds Species ID pumper Integer e Dicens ING with the Species ID Field in the tblSpecies table Lifestage Name Text 255 No Name of the Lifestage Table tbINodes Description Contains the Node Information Node ID Drainage Info Reach Info for all available nodes Field Type Size Key Field Comments UNES Yes This is a unique ID for each Node that pk NodeID Number In No Yes has Periodicity and or Fish Duplicates Distribution available This is the NodeID that is used to reference the Node It is the value that Yes corresponds with NodelD that stored Node_ID Long Duplicates No in the associated Point Shapefile It Integer OK also corresponds with the Node ID Field in the tblDistribution Master table the tblP
251. rio ID 36 Not finding it the DSS then looks for an entry with the key LANDCOVER and the scenario ID 0 Finding this entry it returns the string data to the model The string data in this case would contain the path and filename to the raw land cover grid file The land cover data changer then makes specified changes to the land cover grid and saves the changes under a new filename such as 36 It then stores this information as a new entry in the DSS database under the same key name LANDCOVER but with the new file path and the scenario ID that created it 36 Next the DSS executes the model This model requires a land cover grid as an input so it makes a request to the DSS for this dataset The DSS repeats the same steps performed previously for the land cover changer looking in the database for an entry with the Key LANDCOVER and the scenario ID 36 Finding this entry it returns the string value to the model in this case it returns the string 1c36 bgd Now the model has an input data file that has been edited by the 123 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 land use changer in the previous step of the same scenario Doing this allows one to build complex scenarios with many changes to data while passing only pointers to the changed data between scenario elements Para
252. rlay frmSelectFishObs resx File to view with the Physical Map Data frmSelectLayer vb Displays the form to select the point shapefile associated with the 2D Habitat Viewer plug in It allows the user to either select a shapefile already loaded into Map Window or to select one from disk ImageConverter vb Contains a class that implements functions that allows you to convert images to and from an IPictureDisp object This is needed so that the VBCompatibility dll does not need to be referenced This class allows the 2D Habitat image E to be associated with the points on the associated shapefile modColorSchemes vb This module contains the variables that define the Coloring Schemes for the Physical Map Data Plots modDBDefinitions vb This module contains the variables that define the table and field variable name for the 2D Habitat Viewer database These variables are used throughout the project so if anything should change in the database the table or field name value only has to be changed in 1 location in the program modFDDefinitions vb This module contains the variables that define the Coloring Schemes Legend Colors File Types Fish Distribution Types and Shapefile Info for the Fish Distribution Data modGlobals vb This module contains the variables used throughout the forms such as the form declaration variables MapWindow variables conversion constants resizing variables Shapefile and
253. rosoft VisualBasic Compatibility dll Stdole dll System dll System Data dll System Design dll System Drawing dll System Windows Forms dll System Xml dll You are now ready to compile the project by clicking the Build Solution menu option under the menu Build The Land Cover Changer Tool is installed in all versions of the WRIA 1 DSS installation 92 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 Technical Documentation Land Cover Summarizer Tool Last Revision Feb 22 2006 Table of Contents 1 Table Designs gt Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Descriptions and Notes Table Relationship Diagrams 2 GIS Data Needs gt Location of GIS Data 3 Dependencies Software Module and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE 4 Setup gt Setup Customizations 5 Building Code Compiling Installations 93 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 1 Table Designs Database LandCoverSummary Field Name Data Type ScenarioID Number WatershedID Number WatershedName Text LandCoverValue Number Area Number 2 GIS Data Needs The Land Cover
254. s Numeric 8 192 Total population Female 14 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 15 years Numeric 8 Total population Female 16 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 17 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 18 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 19 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 20 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 21 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Female 22 to 24 Me m m years Total population Female 25 to 29 years Total population Female 30 to 34 TUE years Total population Female 35 to 39 Mex o years Total population Female 40 to 44 Mex mm years Total population Female 45 to 49 years Total population Female 50 to 54 hex years Total population Female 55 to 59 MI CS years Total population Female 60 and 61 T E years Total population Female 62 to 64 Mex years Total population Female 65 and 66 hes I years Total population Female 67 to 69 wm years Total population Female 70 to 74 Mex years Total population Female 75 to 79 years Total population Female 80 to 84 0 years Total population Female 85 years Numeric 8 No No 193 E c E Sk on a EE years and over Male Employed cam poration years and over Male Financ
255. s and modules to be installed Software Gigasoft s ProEssentials Graphing Tools Version 3 MapWindow 3 1 Visual Studio NET 2002 Modules and Components Graph Component from ProEssentials pegoa control MapWindow Interfaces MapWinGIS Map Control Scientific Graph Component from ProEssentials pesgoa control Integrated Development Environment IDE Visual Studio NET 2002 4 Setup To begin using the Well Log Data Viewer it must first be loaded into MapWindow Once it is loaded select one of your data layers from the Legend If you only have one type of data associated select the data layer that goes with this data Now click the Well icon on the MapWindow toolbar If the data associations as described in Section 2 Data Needs have been properly set then the Well Viewer will appear for the selected type of data and will be fully functional If the data associations have not been set then a Connection Form will appear allowing you to set the shapefile database and photo location folder Then after the data associations have been formed select the appropriate data layer as described above and when the toolbar button is clicked the viewer will show for the selected type of data and can be used 242 4974 49775 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 See the User s Manual for more information and details on associating the data with the Well Log Data Viewer 5 Code Compiling Compiling the
256. s inc mddata_v10_7 f MIC FOR modules f90 newt for Nlfit inc PropagateWaterV iaUser f900 PTRATE FOR read inputs f90 read struct from text f90 snowdgtv22 f SnowLSub f SnowWrap f snowxv22 f Tdims v7 inc toplim v7 f topmoddgt v7 f top main v7 f types f90 watermgmt f90 Write Output line f90 Write Output Tables f90 These source code and project files are provided in the electronic appendix to the Task 4 1 report Surface Water Quantity Model Development and Calibration The Water Quantity Model is installed in all versions of the WRIA 1 DSS installation 166 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3756 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 Technical Documentation Temperature and DO Flags Model Table of Contents Stream Response Model Output Folder Data Needs Watershed Loading Model Output Text File Data Needs Input Model Nodes Shapefile Data Needs gt Type Location of Data Tagson Layers Necessary Fields Selecting Nodes for Modeling Output Temperature and DO Database Table Design gt Table Descriptions and Notes gt Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Relationship Diagrams Output Temperature Flags and Warnings Shapefile Data Needs gt Type Location of Data gt Necessary Fields Output DO Flags and Warn
257. seems complicated simple In the tutorial I will use a modal synchronous dialog to make things simpler Note that I it is important to return true If you do not return true the Model Manager will not save any parameters because it assumes something went wrong Public Function ShowDialog ByVal Locked As Boolean ByVal DssManager As DssIntfcLib IDssManager ByVal DataPath As String As Boolean _ Implements DssIntfcLib IDssModel ShowDialog Try Create a new instance of the parameters form Dim myDialog As New frmParameters Load the values from the model myDialog Weightl m Weightl myDialog Weight2 m Weight2 myDialog IsLocked Locked If the user clicks ok then save the values If myDialog ShowDialog Windows Forms DialogResult OK Then Save the values entered on the parameters page m Weightl myDialog Weightl m Weight2 myDialog Weight2 Report that my dialog has closed and request that the parameters should be saved DssManager ReportDialogClosing Me True Else Don t attempt to save any parameters DssManager ReportDialogClosing Me False End If Clean up the dialog form myDialog Dispose myDialog Nothing Return True Catch ex As System Exception MsgBox An error occurred in ShowDialog amp vbCrLf amp ex StackTrace ToString Error in ShowDialog End Try End Function Figure 8 ShowDialog function You might have noticed that I made references to
258. selected Location Data is selected by either Location ID or by Location ID and Photo ID depending on whether a new photo is being loaded or a new location is being loaded Field Type Size d d Comments Location ID Numeric No No The unique ID for the Location Location Description Text 50 No Photo ID No No The unique ID for the Photo for the given Location 132 Photo Description Text 255 No No A description of the photo Photo Date Text 255 The date Photo was taken Direction Text 5o The direction of the Photo Notes Text 255 Any Notes about the photo File Name Text 255 The filename of the Photo X Coordinate Numeric gH No No X Coordinate value of the location Y Coordinate Numeric No No Y Coordinate value of the location 3179 Comments Location ID Location Description Photo ID Location ID Photo Description Photo ID Photo Date Comment ID Direction Author Notes Organization File Name Comment Date X Coordinate Comment Coordinate 3180 3181 133 3182 Database Design 2 3183 3184 Table Watersheds 3185 Description Contains the Watersheds for the availablePhotos Key Primary Field Type Field Key Comments Watershed ID Numeric Yes Yes The unique ID for the Watershed Watershed Name Text 255 No No The name for the Watershed Watershed Description Text 50 A description for the
259. sm Microsoft Data Access Components MDAC 2 5 MDAC25 msm MDAC 2 6 MDAC26 msm MDAC 2 7 MDAC27enu msm Microsoft FlexGrid Control 6 0 MSFLXGRD msm Microsoft OLE 2 40 for 95 NT4 0 OLEAUT32 msm Microsoft Typelib Information Library tlbinf32 msm Microsoft Windows Common Controls 6 0 MSCOMCTL msm 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 Microsoft Windows Common Controls 2 6 0 MSCOMCT2 msm OLE Database Access 2 1 OLEDB21 msm SQL Distributed Management Object SQL DMO msm Shortcuts Programs Menu MapWindow MapWindow gt MAPWINDOW MapWindow exe User s Guide gt HELP MapWindow31 chm Sample Project gt United States UnitedStates mwprj Programs Menu WRIA 1 DSS Launch the DSS gt LAUNCHPAD DBMS exe User Documenation gt USER DOCUMENTATION Technical Documentation gt INSTALLDIR Technical Documentation Source Code WindowsVolume Dev Desktop WRIA 1 DSS LaunchPad gt LAUNCHPAD DBMS exe Windows Registry HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Software Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Run Start SQL Server String Value scm action 1 service MSSQLServer silent 1 RunOnce AttachAl Databases String Value C Program Files Microsoft SQL Server MSSQL Data AttachAll bat Dialogs Included in Installa
260. soft Common Controls 2 6 0 Microsoft Common Controls 3 6 0 Microsoft FlexGrid Control 6 0 MDAC Microsoft Data Access Components 2 7 AddFlow ActiveX Component Version 3 0 DotNetBar Component for Menus and Dockable Toolbars Version 2 6 0 1 3 Setup After building the plugin DLL create a folder called ModelManager inside the Plugins folder which may be found wherever MapWindow is installed typically c Program Files MapWindow Copy the compiled DLL and any other files produced by the compilation in this directory In this folder ModelManager create a folder called Elements Inside this folder place any compiled model element DLLs you wish to use with the Model Manager Start MapWindow and start the DSS Scenario Builder as indicated by the user s manual You will likely be presented with the database configuration screen which you will need to use to locate the DSSData mdb on your hard disk or locate a DSSData SQL Server database If you have installed a complete pre assembled DSS this will probably be set already The model manager will save its configuration when the proper database has been located The Model Manager will then be ready for use 4 Building Compiling the Model Manager is a simple process after ensuring that all of the components listed in section 2 are present Open the mwDSS slIn project with Visual Studio and select the Build menu then select Build All The Model Manager Visual Studio proje
261. st be met frmDataBaseConnections vb frmDataBaseConnections resx A form that allows the user to Add Edit or Remove Time Series Analyst Connections It displays the Connection Name Database and Custom Icon if set for the created Connections frmDBConnection vb frmDBConnection resx The Connection form that allows the user to associate or edit the required data the connection name the database type and the database and the optional data the point shapefile 185 Station ID field and the custom Icon for a Time Series Analyst Connection frmGroup vb The form to create a new Group It allows the user to frmGroup resx specify the new group s Name and ID frmHotSpot vb The form that displays the data for a specific point from any frmHotSpot resx of the plots frmListOfCriterias vb A form that displays the list of created Criteria and their frmListOfCriterias resx settings and allows the user to add and edit the Criteria frmMDBAddMTSStations vb frmMDBAddMTSStations resx A form that allows the user to add or remove Locations or Parameters depending on the type of plot Multiple Locations 1 Parameter or I Location Multiple Parameters where a location consists of a Database Connection and Station pair selected for the Multiple Database Multiple Time Series plot frmMDBCrossPlot vb A form that plots a Correlation and Time Series Plot for two frmMDBCrossPlot resx
262. system running this scenario SysOther Text 50 No No Used for other information about the computer which ran this scenario DataVersion Text 50 No No E version of the GIS data in use for the The textual log for the scenario run ScenarioLog Text 0 No including the results of each individual element that was run ControlFileID Numeric Yes No This is the scenario Table ScenarioControlFiles Description This table holds the actual scenarios themselves when the user saves the scenario it goes into this table opening a scenario similarly lists the scenarios in this table Field Type Size Indexed Pu Comments 4 ID number for this scenario referenced poner Mument by all other tables in this database ScenarioName Text 50 Yes No textual name of the scenario FileData Binary 0 No No This is the actual scenario data in a proprietary binary format ScenarioGUID Text 50 Yes No The GUID of the scenario type of unique identifier 2 Dependencies The Model Manager aka Scenario Builder aka DSS requires the following software components and modules to be installed Software Visual Studio NET 2002 106 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 245 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 Components Microsoft Common Controls 6 0 Micro
263. t Lifestage ID Number Inte Duplicates No corresponds with the Lifestage ID OK Field in the tblDistribution Master table the tblLifestages table and the tblPeriodicity Master table Periodicity Value for the 1 half of January for the given fish node Jan 1 Number Integer No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 2 half of January for the given fish node Jan 2 Number Integer No No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of February for the given fish node Feb 1 Number Integer No No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak 143 Periodicity Value for the 274 half of February for the given fish node Number Integer No No pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of March for the given fish node pair Burden Ne No Note O Not Present l Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 274 half of March for the given fish node pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of April for the given fish node pair Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 274 half of April for the given fish node pair Ne Se Note O Not Present 1 Present 2 Peak Periodicity Value for the 1 half of May for the given fish node pair Number ae Note O Not P
264. t Sample Nam was taken It corresponds with the e sux is Ng Sample_Name Field in the Unique SiteID List table This is the fraction of the sample that Fraction Sub was actually counted Number Double No For Example value 0 5 would p mean that 50 or 1 2 of the sample was counted Sample T This is the Type of sample that was E P Text 255 No No taken There are two types available drift and benthic These are the initials of the technician is who dealt with the sample in house 522 Ne Ng NOTE The technician did not necessarily collect the sample 98 This is the Time that the net was put into the water to collect the sample Time In Text 255 No No Value is in Military Time 0 00 24 00 NOTE this value is only valid if Sample_Type drift This is the Time that the net was taken out of the water when collecting the sample Value is in Military Time Time Out Text 255 No No 0 00 24 00 NOTE this value is only valid if Sample Type drift This is the Velocity of the water when the net was put into the water to collect the sample Value is in meters m s per second m s Velocity In _ Number Double No No NOTE this value is only valid if Sample Type drift This is the Velocity of the water when the net was taken out of the water when collecting the sample Value is m s in meters per second m s NOT
265. t and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table stores an image with the Lifestage Periodicity information for each species stream segment and drainage The image is generated by the FishPeriodicityPlotter control Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments drainage Text 75 segment Text 75 species Text No No PeriodicityImage Binary 2147483647 LocallyModified Boolean 1 2 created E 213 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 Table ReportFlowData Description All tmp tables are used for internal processing in the report and have their contents deleted at the beginning of each report run This table holds the stream flow data summarized from the FlowData database but only the data that falls within the bounds of the drainages being reported on The Streamflow Sampling Sites shapefile is used to determine which station numbers are in the bounds of the drainages Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Station Text 50 No Agency Code Text 50 No No Date Date Time 4 No No Flow Numeric No No Comments Text 50 No No RecordNum Numeric 4 Yes Yes Station Name Text 255 Location Text 255 Latitude Numeric 8 No No Longitude Numeric au No No Elevation Numeric 4 No No HUC Numeric 4 No No Base Flow Numeric B No No Drainage Area
266. t 255 No This is the full path to the file on disk ScenarioID Numeric Yes No The ID of the scenario which added this file path 0 is reserved for unedited base data DataType Text 25 No No Type of data Can be any string for example zoning land use Table scenario logs Description This table stores the run log generated by a scenario when it is executed The log contains information about what elements were run and with what parameters Field Type Size Indexed nd Comments ScenarioLogID Numeric Yes Yes Unique identifier for this scenario log RunDate Date Time No No The date that the run was executed Text 50 No No The name of the user logged in while running this scenario StartDate Date Time No No The start date for the date range of the run Not all elements use this EndDate Date Time No No The end date for the date range for this scenario run Not all elements use this MapWinVersion Text 50 No No version of MapWindow in use for this OSName Text 50 No No The operating system this run was executed on 105 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 OSVersion Text 50 No No The version of the operating system this run was executed on DSSVersion Text 50 No The version of the Model Manager in use for the run SysRAM Text 50 No No The amount of RAM in the system running this scenario SysSpeed Text 50 No The speed of the
267. t Set Thalweg Number Single No No This is the Thalweg value for this Cross Section SZF Number Single No This is the Stage Zero Flow SZF value for this Cross Section Table tbIPDFs Description Contains the PDF Documents that are available for the given Result Set not always created Field Type Size Key Field E Comments Long ues This is a unique ID for each PDF DBCode AutoNumber No Yes Integer Document Duplicates Yes This is the ID for the Result Set Long that this PDF Document belongs to cou Integer d It corresponds with the DBCode Field in the tb ResultSets table 25 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 This is the File path where the PDF Document is located NOTE This value is a relative path PDF Filename Text 255 No No value It is stored relative to this database For Example Site_Name PDFs Filename PDF Table tbIPhotographs Description Contains the Photographs and their comments that are available for the given Result Set not always created Field Type Size Key Field nn Comments Yes AE DBCode AutoNumber ned No Yes A 2 Duplicates grapa Xs This is the ID for the Result Set ResultID Ninus Long Duplicates that this Photograph belongs to It Integer OK corresponds with the DBCode Field in the tb ResultSets table This is the File path where the Photograph is located NOTE This value is a relati
268. t shapefile associated with the 2D Habitat Viewer It also is the icon on the Map Window Toolbar for the 2D Habitat Viewer plug in NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource Now that the files and resources are there and the project is loaded into Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 please double check a couple of settings These settings are all related to the references associated with the project see Section 3 Dependencies Reference Settings AxMapWinGIS CopyLocal True AxMediaPlayer CopyLocal True AxPESGO32BLib CopyLocal True ICSharpCode SharpZipLib CopyLocal True MapWinGIS Interop MapWinGIS CopyLocal True MapWinlInterfaces CopyLocal False MediaPlayer CopyLocal True PESGO32BLib CopyLocal True stdole CopyLocal False System CopyLocal False System Data CopyLocal False System Drawing System Windows Forms System XML CopyLocal False CopyLocal False CopyLocal False Now that these settings have been set correctly click the Build icon or select Build from the menu The mwPhabsim2DViewer dll has now been created with Microsoft Visual Studio NET 2003 It is created in the mwPS2DViewer subdirectory in the Plugins folder Next time that MapWindow is run if the mwPhabsim2DViewer dll was built to the correct folder the updated changes to the 2D Habitat Viewer will be available 49 1374 1373 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389
269. ta Model Manager Databases Existing WaterManagement mdb C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS DSS_Data Model Manager Databases FBOWaterManagement mdb The Water Quantity Model produces a large number of text output files These are saved in a folder created each time the model is run By default these folders are created in C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS Model Runs The formats of these output files are described in the electronic appendix to the Task 4 1 report Surface Water Quantity Model Development and Calibration The modeled Streamflow from this model output from the file FlowAtStreamNodes_cms txt is added to the WaterQuantityStreamflow database designated in the output tag of the Water Quantity Model Interface This database is in the format used by the Time Series Analyst Component and documented in the Technical Documentation for Time Series Analyst The Water Quantity Interface model adds data to the WQData table and a new Parameter record identifying the scenario simulated to the Parameter_CodeDescriptions table All other tables are left unchanged Three output databases are provided at the following locations by default C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS MSDEDATABASES WaterQuantityStreamFlow mdf C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS MSDEDATABASES WaterQuantityStreamFlowSimRef mdf C Program Files WRIA 1_DSS DSS_Data Model Manager Databases W aterQuantityStreamflow mdb The first and third of these databases have no streamflow data in them but are pre loa
270. tabase LaunchPad Table Binaries Description Contains information about the products that the DBMS supports updating Any product in this list will be checked to see if the local computer has an up to date copy as well as giving users the option to install any missing component Field Type Size Indexed E Comments productName 50 Yes No Name of product or component ruit peas 50 No No Most recent version version the server is distributing updateDate Date Time No No Last date updated by the Update Tool allowDownload Boolean No No True False allow user to download the component Not Implemeted recordnumber Numeric Yes Yes Internal record number The last place the component was located on the local computer when being Dex Ng updated Used for convenience from the Updater tool Table BinariesFiles Description Contains information about the files associated with each of the products in the Binaries table Fed Type Size Indexed sed Comments 0 3 Recordnum from the Binaries table binaryRecNumber Numeric Yes No that this record is associated with fullPathOnRemote Text 400 No No Where this file belongs on the client computers filerecordnumber Numeric Yes Yes Internal record number True False indicates that this file is VersionFileForProduct Boolean No No the file which determines the version of the whole product Text 400 No No Location URL where the file may be
271. tal Numeric No No Households Median household E No income in 1999 Total Total population Male Numeric 8 No No Total population Male Under 1 year Numeric 8 Total population Male 1 year Numeric 8 Total population Male 2 years Numeric 8 Total population Male 3 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Male 4 years Numeric 8 Total population Male 5 years Numeric 8 Total population Male 6 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Male 7 years Numeric 8 Total population Male 8 years Numeric 8 Total population Male 9 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Male 10 years Numeric 8 Total population Male 11 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Male 12 years Numeric 8 Total population Male 13 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Male 14 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Male 15 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Male 16 years Numeric 8 No No Total population Male 17 years Numeric 8 Total population Male 18 years Numeric 8 Total population Male 19 years Numeric 8 Total population Male 20 years Numeric 8 8 No No Total population Male 21 years Numeric 8 8 No No Total population Male 22 to 24 E years Total population Male 25 to 29 years Total population Male 30 to 34 mex pe years Total populati
272. tate Text 100 No No 180 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 County Text 100 No No Latitude Double No No Longitude Double No No UTMX Double No No UTMY Double No No River Mile Double No No Station Type Text 100 No No NHDID Text 100 No No Wb Name Text 100 No No Shed Text 100 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Indicates that data was locally modified or locally created Table WQ Criteria Field Name Data Type Size d is lt Description Parameter_Code Long Integer No No Parameter Name Text 100 No No Primary Criterio Double No No n Secondary Crite Double No No rion Criterion Test Text 100 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Indicates that data was locally modified or locally created Table WQData Field Name Data Type Size E Description Station Text 255 No No Agency Code Text 255 No No Date Date Time No No Depth Double No No Parameter Code Long Integer No No Value Double No No Comment Code Text 255 No No QAQC_Code Text 255 No No Data_Code Text 255 No No Source_Database Text 255 No No LocallyModified Boolean No No Indicates that data was locally modified or locally created 181 4080 182 GroupNames Group ID Group Name tblStations Station Station Name
273. tc Num flags This field contains the number of Temperature Flags at each Node Num warn This field contains the number of Temperature Warnings at each Node Color If the Num flags Field has a value greater than zero the color is Red If the Num flags Field has a value of zero and the Num warn Field has a value greater than zero the color is Yellow If both Num flags and Num warn Fields contain a value of zero AND the Station na Field does not say No WQ Data the color is Green If the Station na Field says No WQ Data the color is Black 6 Output DO Flags and Warnings Shapefile Data Needs 174 The DO Flags and Warnings Shapefile must be the shapefile named DO Flags Warnings shp Data is written to this shapefile whenever the Temperature and DO Flags Model is run Any existing data is erased from the database and the new model data is written This shapefile must contain the following fields Shape All data in this shapefile are Points Station This field contains the Station name for each Node This Field corresponds with the Station Shapefile Field in the Input Model Nodes Shapefile and the Station Field in the Stations table and with the Station Field in the WQData table for the Output Temperature DO Database Station na This fields contains the Drainage information for each Node UTMX This is the X value for the UTM coordinates for each Node UTMY This is the Y value for the UTM coordinates for each Node
274. ted 235 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 Technical Documentation Well Log Data Viewer Last Revision 06 15 06 236 Table of Contents Table Design For Database Store Well Logs Table Descriptions and Notes gt Schema Keys Indexes and Structure Table Relationship Diagrams Data Needs gt Type Location of Data Tagson Layers Dependencies Software Modules and Components Integrated Development Environment IDE Setup gt Setup Code Compiling 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 1 Table Design for Database Stored Well Logs Following is a list of tables that must be included with the Well Log Viewer Database Other tables and information may exist but these tables must follow the described naming conventions spelling and cases and types for each table and its parameters This database is only necessary if you are using associating Database Stored Well Logs Table Material Codes Description Contains the ID Name and an Order for each of the valid Materials It is important that it contains the complete set of valid Materials allowed for displaying the Well Logs because this table is linked to as a Lookup field from the Well Material Data table Key Primary Field
275. terop MapWinGIS dll NET wrapper for MapWindow map component mwPhotoViewer dll PhotoViewer MapWindow Plugin DLL 16 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 TIS 778 719 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 799 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 Time Series Data Analyst mwTimeSeries msm Installation TimeSeries MergeModule mwTimeSeries mwTimeSeries sIn InstallShield Wrapper with Sample Data at Installation TimeSeries TimeSeriesDataAnalyst ise This merge module contains the Time Series Analyst tool formerly the Water Quality Analyst and Streamflow Analyst The merge module contains the MapWindow plugin and a bunch of graphing components The files are installed in C Program Files Map Window Plugins mwTimeSeries Files Included AxInterop MSFlexGridLib dll NET wrapper for MS FlexGrid control AxInterop PEGOALib dll NET wrapper for Proessentials Controls AxInterop PESGOALib dll NET wrapper for Proessentials Controls Interop MSFlexGridLib DLL NET wrapper for MS FlexGrid control Interop PEGOALib dll NET wrapper for Proessentials controls Interop PESGOALib dll NET wrapper for Proessentials controls Msflxgrd msm Merge module containing Microsoft FlexGrid control MDAC26 msm Microsoft Data Access Components for database access mwTimeSeries dll The Time Series Analyst MapWindow plugin Pe3do32a ocx Gigasoft ProEssentials graphing component Pe
276. the field names the value is 0 1 or 2 0 indicates no distribution 1 indicates distribution and 2 indicates critical distribution Drain name is the drainage in which distribution is concerning Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments CHIN Numeric 8 No No CHUM Numeric No No PINK Numeric No No COHO Numeric 8 No No SOCK Numeric 8 No No STHD Numeric No No CUTT Numeric No No CHAR Numeric 8 No No KOK Numeric 8 No No RBT Numeric 8 No No EBT Numeric 8 No No 198 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 FACHIN Numeric 8 No SPCHIN Numeric 8 No SUSTHD Numeric 8 No No WSTHD Numeric 8 No DRAIN NAME Text 255 Yes No Drainage Name recordnumber Numeric 4 Yes Yes LocallyModified Boolean h No No Locally modified or created Table FishPeriodicityKC Description Fish Periodicity Presence data for each month where 0 is no presence 1 is present and 2 is critical presence Data in this table is specifically for the species in the Known Current dataset Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments Drainage Text 75 Yes No Drainage Name Species Text 50 Yes No Lifestage Text 50 Yes No PresenceJAN Numeric PSI No No PresenceFEB Numeric b No No PresenceMAR Numeric No No PresenceAPR Numeric PresenceMAY Numeric 2 No No PresenceJUN Numeric Numeric b No No PresenceAUG Numeric b No No Pr
277. the layout to 3116 execute more than once This parameter is here for the models that require a time step to 3117 run 3118 e StartDate StopDate Some models require a start and stop date as an additional 3119 parameter The user can select a start and stop date in the Model Manager that applies to 3120 all models being run 3121 e ScenarioID Each scenario is given a unique ID so that outputs from different scenarios 3122 can be compared and analyzed side by side 129 Public Function Execute ByVal DssManager As DssIntfcLib IDssManager ByVal TimeStep As Integer ByVal DataPath As String ByVal StartDate As Date ByVal EndDate As Date ByVal ScenarioID As String As Boolean _ Implements DssIntfcLib IDssModel Execute Dim input path As String Get the input from the DSSData mdb database input path DssManager GetFilePath SampleModelInputFile If System IO File Exists input path Then Open the input file and read the data from it Dim stream As System IO StreamReader stream System IO File OpenText input path m Valuel System Convert ToDouble stream Read m Value2 System Convert ToDouble stream Read stream Close Run the model now Dim result value As Double result value m Weightl1 m Valuel m Weight2 m Value2 2 m Summary Model run succeeded amp vbCrLf amp m Summary amp m Weightl amp amp m Valuel amp m Summary amp m Weight2 amp amp m
278. then click on Add then Add Windows Form Name your parameter page whatever you like I named mine frmParameters 124 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 Solution Explorer SampleModel Solution 1 project af Rebuild Add New Item Add Add Existing Item Add Reference New Folder Add Web Reference Add Windows Form Set as StartUp Project Add Inherited Form Debug gt 19 Add User Control lg Save SampleModel 19 Add Inherited Control 18 Add Component Remove ica Add Module Rename g Add Class Properties Figure 5 Adding parameters dialog Next I added two labels and text boxes for the two weights I also grouped these in a group box for the sake of appearance There is also an OK and a Cancel button I changed the form s text property to Sample Model Parameters A good suggestion to make your dialogs look and feel more professional is to set the form s Accept Button and CancelButton properties I also set the DialogResult properties on the Accept and Cancel Buttons to be OK and Cancel respectively Another nice touch is to change the FormBorderSty1e better represent the purpose of the form In this case I decided that a FixedDialog style worked best Since the dialog is not resizable I turned off the MinimizeBox and MaximizeBox Finall
279. this value It corresponds with the gt L Type Bune Integer NO n DBCode Field in the tblSpeciesSIType table 30 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 Long This is the Cross Section Point number Integer n for this value T the data ordered This Depth Velocity pou Number 2 pad Index value Number Single No This is the Suitability Index SI value for the given value This is the Description of the Description Text Suitability Index SI value NOTE This value is only used for the Channel Index plot type Table tblSpeciesSIType Description Contains the available Species Suitability Index SI Plot Types NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Field Eon Comments Yes This is a unique ID for each Species Long No Yes Suitability Index SI Plot Type It Integer Duplicates corresponds with the SZ Type Field in the P tblSpeciesSI table This is the Name of the Type of the Species Suitability Index SI Plot Type Name J Text 50 No No NOTE The available Plot Types should be Depth Velocity Temperature and Channel Index Table tblStations Description Contains the information ID Name and Description for each Station NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Key Field Comments Eoi Yes This is a unique ID for each Station It DBCode Auto
280. tion Install Welcome Setup Type Setup Progress Setup Complete Success Custom Actions ScheduleReboot After Setup Complete Success Dialog Source Location Built In Library Function MSDhEInstaller After Setup Complete Success Dialog Source Location Installed With Product File Name TempFolder MSDE setup exe Command Line on next line INSTANCENAME MSSQLSERVER BLANKSAPWDz1 SECURITYMODE SQL Files Installed Always Install feature ProgramFilesFolder LaunchPad Nothing installed here but the path must exist for shortcuts The files installed here are put here by the DBMS merge module MapWindow Help 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 AT 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 10 Again nothing installed path is here for shortcuts The Merge module installs the needed files MapWindow Sample Data UnitedStates Again this is for the shortcuts The MapWindow merge module Places the sample data here Microsoft SQL Server MSSQL Data These are the databases and the database attachers Microsoft SQL Server MSSQL Data Resources 1033 SQLDMO rll This is the English language resource file for SQL Server WRIA 1_DSS This is the DSS Data and User Documentation TempFolder MSDE This is the MSDE installation program Files Installed SourceAndTechDocs feature WRIA
281. tion to view will appear then the user can select and view the available data See the User s Manual for more information and details on associating the data with the Time Series Analyst Code Compiling Compiling the Time Series Analyst is a fairly straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components discussed in Section 3 Dependencies are present load the project into Visual Studio Net 2003 This Plugin was created using Visual Basic VB The project needs to include the following files File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET clsLine vb Contains a class that defines a Line Object 184 CommonFunc vb Contains variables classes enumerations structs and functions used in multiple forms and classes throughout the project DBInfoLayer vb Contains classes for accessing and storing Time Series Analyst connections and their associated settings dock ico Icon used on several forms to indicate that an Options Plot Info panel is docked NOTE this file needs to be an embedded resource frmAbout vb An About Form for the Time Series Analyst frmAbout resx frmAddCriteria vb A form that allows the user to Add or Edit Criteria frmAddCriteria resx frmAddMTSStations vb A form that allows the user to add or remove Stations or frmAddMTSStations resx Parameters depending on the type of plot Multip
282. tor Database Other tables and information may exist but these tables must follow the described naming conventions spelling and cases and types for each table and its parameters This database must be an Access mdb database Table tblDistribution Master Description Contains the Master copy of the Fish Distribution Data for each Node Fish pair When the default Fish Distribution values are restored they are restored from this table of values Field Type Size Key Field emi Comments Yes DM ID Auto Long No Yes This is a unique ID for each record X Number Integer in the tblDistribution Master table Duplicates This is the ID for the Node that this Long Yes set of Fish Distribution values Node ID Number Integer Duplicates No belong to It corresponds with the OK Node_ID Field from the tblNodes table and the tblPeriodicity table This is the Lifestage ID for the Fish that this set of Fish Distribution Long es values belong to It corresponds puestagec iD Number Integer E Besse Ne with the Lifestage ID Field from the tblLifestages table and the tbIPeriodicity table This is the Current Known Fish Distribution Set value for the given node fish pair NOTE Yes Present No Absent This is the Current Presumed Fish Distribution Set value for the given node fish pair NOTE Yes Present No Absent This 18 the Presumed Historic Potential Fish Distribution Presumed_Histo
283. u bar and select either Scenario Builder or the name of the Scenario that you want to run Once the Scenario Builder is and the Temperature and DO Flags Model is added to the current Scenario Run the Scenario If all the input and output parameters have been correctly set and they are all accessible then the Temperature and DO Flags Model will run for the selected data After it is finished the user may view the run log if they desire If any errors occur during the run an error log will appear explaining the error If the input and output data associations have not been properly set then double click on the Temperature and DO Flags Model scenario node and a Parameters Form will appear allowing you to edit the input and output data Then after the parameters have been properly associated Run the Scenario and after it is finished the user may view the run log if they desire or if any errors occurred then an error log will appear explaining the error 175 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 See the User s Manual for more information and details on setting the parameters for the Temperature and DO Flags Model 9 Code Compiling Compiling the Temperature and DO Flags Model is a fairly straightforward task After ensuring that all of the required components discussed in Section 7 Dependencies are present load the project into Visual Studio Net 2003 This DSS Model was created using Visual Basic
284. udio NET 2003 8l 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 7 Setup To begin using the Habitat Time Series Model you must first load the Scenario Builder DSS Plug in into Map Window Once it is loaded click on the DSS Menu located on the Map Window Menu bar and select either Scenario Builder or the name of the Scenario that you want to run Once the Scenario Builder is and the Habitat Time Series Model is added to the current Scenario and the Run Date values selected Run the Scenario If all of the input and output parameters have been correctly set and they are all accessible then the Habitat Time Series Model will run for the selected data After it is finished the user may view the run log if they desire If any errors occur during the run an error log will appear explaining the error If the input and output data associations have not been properly set then double click on the Habitat Time Series scenario node and a Parameters Form will appear allowing you to edit the input and output data Then after the parameters have been properly associated Run the Scenario and after it is finished the user may view the run log if they desire or if any errors occurred then an error log will appear explaining the error See the User s Manual for more information and details on setting the parameters fo
285. um Long Integer Matches the source ID in User table Units Long Integer 1 fraction 2 volume Amount Double How much to take from this source If volume the units are m day SeasonNumber Long Integer Number from 1 to 4 SeasonsDefnID Long Integer ID of row in SeasonsDefinition Table Table User Provides information about water users and water demands to the water management component Field Name Data Type Description UserID Long Integer Unique sequential id for user Name Text Name of user UserType Long Integer User type in one of the following categories 1 SoilMoisturelrrigation 2 FixedDemandlirrigation 3 DownstreamReservoirRelease 4 PWS 5 NonPWSMandI 6 Dairy 7 Ranch 8 Poultry 9 ParkGolfCemetery 10 InstreamFlow 11 Diversion 12 ReservoirFill 13 InStreamReservoirRelease 14 OffStreamReservoirRelease 159 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 POU ID Long Integer Place of Use The WRIA1 Drainage Identifier DrainID where the use occurs DemandVble Double Number of quantifiable user units e g people cows Set to one if not relevant The demand is calculated by multiplying this variable with the DemandRate DemandRate Double The amount of water demand per unit time for one unit of activity m day unit InYearDemandType Long Integer Index to record in Monthly Demand Table that specifies the month
286. und in this shapefile WELL LOG I and LOG IMG NM e Folder Location this is the location of all of the scanned Well Log images that will be viewed using the Well Log Data Viewer The layer corresponding with the point shapefile stated above is marked with the tag WellLogViewer Scan If the user removes the layer associated with this tag without first closing the Well Log Data Viewer plug in then the settings for the Scanned Data will be reset and if the Project is then saved then the settings for the Scanned Data in the project file will also be over written As stated above the shapefile requires two fields to be found in the data table Below are the exact field names field types and description of the data that gets entered into these fields Required data layer fields a WELL I Integer The Well ID for the Well at this location b LOG IMG NM String The filename for the Scanned Well Log image that goes with this Well Database Data There are three types of data needed for the Database Data a point shapefile a database type and a database e Point Shapefile this needs to be in the same projection as the other shapefiles in your project It contains the point locations of where each of the Well Logs were sampled This file will have a tag that will be associated with it by the plug in WellLogViewer DB There is one field that needs to be found in this shapefile WELL ID Database Type this
287. urpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET Common vb Common functions used by the land cover changer DBClient vb Contains the routines used to connect to a database and store the computed land cover summary frmConfiguration vb Contains the routines used to select a land cover summary database frmModelProps vb Contains the routines used to select the settings for the Land Cover Summarizer frmSelectLayer vb Contains the routines used to select a layer from MapWindow s view LandCoverFilter vb Implements MapWindow Plugin and DSS Interface routines allowing Land Cover Summarizer to act as a MapWindow Plugin and a DSS element The Land Cover Summarizer is installed in all versions of the WRIA 1 DSS installation 95 2241 2248 Technical Documentation Macroinvertebrate Data Viewer 2249 Last Revision 06 15 06 2250 Table of Contents 2251 2252 1 Table Design 2253 gt Schema Keys Indexes and Structure 2254 Table Descriptions and Notes 2255 gt Table Relationship Diagrams 2256 2257 2 Data Needs 2258 Type Location of Data 2259 2260 3 Dependencies 2261 Software 2262 Module and Components 2263 Integrated Development Environment IDE 2264 2265 4 Setup 2266 gt Setup 2267 2268 5 Code Compiling 2269 96 2210 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 228
288. ution The report viewer will continue the process loading crystal reports and preparing the final report The Crystal Reports portion of the report must be done in a separate executable because Crystal Reports will not load properly if it s loaded in the same process image as MapWindow for unknown reasons The solution needs to include the following files mw WatershedChar project File Name Purpose AssemblyInfo vb Contains information relating to the DLL assembly Generated by VB NET 233 Camera ico Camera icon representing snapshots Datageneration vb Contains data generation routines and routines to aggregate data from multiple locations Also contains calls to generate Streamflow charts and fish periodicity charts dataGeneration Contains generation routines for Streamflow box charts StreamFlowBoxPlots vb Mostly copied from StreamFlow Analyst but modified slightly to fit in this plug in DataLayerManager vb Contains a class to keep track of data layers within maps by tag or by layer handle Datapuzzle avi File puzzle animation used on the progress meter screen Dripl6 bmp Drip icon for stream sampling locations on maps Emptylegend bmp An empty white bitmap properly sized to be inserted in place of a legend should a spacer be needed Flask16 bmp Flask icon used for water quality sampling sites on maps frmConfiguration vb Screen with database connection in
289. value signifies the beginning depth This value is stored in Feet ft For Example If you were entering the irst soil section for your MaterialFrom 0 MaterialFrom Number Double No This value is the ending depth of the current soil section This value signifies the ending depth This value MaterialTo Number Double No No stored in Feet ft For Example If the current soil section started at 50ft and was 34ft deep MaterialTo 84 4881 4882 239 Material Colors CodeMaterial RGB_ Value CodeMaterial Color_Description Material order Material_ Codes Well Material Data WellID Materiall Material2 Material3 DepthFrom DepthTo 4883 4884 240 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 2 Data Needs Scanned Well Log Images There are two types of data needed for the Scanned Well Log Images a point shapefile and a Folder Location e Point Shapefile this needs to be in the same projection as the other shapefiles in your project It contains the point locations of where each of the nodes are located This file will have a tag that will be associated with it by the plug in WellLogViewer Scan There are two fields that need to be fo
290. vb Shows and allows editing of the scenario properties such as name and comments ScenarioBuilderMrmSelectControlFile vb This is essentially the open scenario dialog box ScenarioBuilderMrmSelectFileID vb This is essentially a select layer dialog box retrieving the options from the file paths stored in the underlying database ScenarioBuilder ModelInfo vb A class used to hold the attributes for each model in the scenario builder ScenarioBuilder ModelLoader vb This is the class used to load the models from their DLL files creating a ModelInfo class for each Utils Common vb Contains miscellaneous common functions such as swap append delete attribute from XML file etc Utils DBClient vb Provides a layer of abstraction to access the database interface Utils FolderUtils vb Provides the browse for folder dialog box as well as the CopyFolder function Utils frmSelectLayer vb This dialog allows the user to select a layer from a file or from layers currently loaded in MapWindow Utils SystemInfo vb This class retrieves information about the system for storage into the scenario run log AssemblyInfo vb Contains versioning information for this product DSSPlugin vb This is where the MapWindow plug in interface is implemented typing the scenario builder into MapWindow 108 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 249 2492 2493
291. ve Photo Filename Text 255 No No ath value It is stored relative to this database For Example Site_Name Photos Filename jpg These are the comments about this Comments Memo No No Photograph These are displayed in the Viewer for the user to see Table tblProductionFlows Description Contains the simulated Production Flows for the given Result Set NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Field Comments Yes M DBCode AutoNumber Long No Yes This is unique ID for each simulated Integer Production Flow Duplicates 26 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 Yes This is the ID for the Result Set that this Long 2 simulated Production Flow belongs to It Resp UE Integer Dupe ares INO corresponds with the DBCode Field in the OK tblResultSets table Flow Numer Single No No kena is the simulated Production Flow Table tblResultSet Description Contains the available Result Sets exported for the given Station NOTE This table is created by PHABWin 2002 program Field Type Size Key Field E Comments This is a unique ID for each Result Set Yes It corresponds with the ResultID Field Long in the tblCrossSections table the A Yes UBIPDFs table the tblPhotographs B table the tblProductionFlows table and the tb Species table Yes This is the ID for the Station that this Lo
292. ver service This may be done by copying the binary executable to a location on the server any location is fine typically this is in a subdirectory of c Program Files Once the binary has been copied use the InstallUtil exe file that should be with the binary executable Type the following command InstallUtil DBMSService exe The command will provide a great deal of output hopefully finishing with an Install Successful Now the service is listed under Services Start Settings Control Panel Administrative Tools Services Move the configuration file you saved above so that it is located next to the DBMSService exe file Do this before starting the service Now it s necessary to decide where to place binary update components and binary installation packages This can be anywhere you prefer Copy these files into place and write down the path to each of these locations You ll also need to create a database backup directory where the DBMS Client will ask the server to create a database backup to download for updating databases Write down this path as well 39 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 60 Finally you ll need a web server such as IIS Internet Information Services or Apache a free w
293. wer mwWellviewer msm InstallationWell Viewer Merge Module mw Wellviewer mw Well Viewer sIn InstallShield Wrapper at Installation Well Viewer Merge Module Well Viewer ise This is a merge module to install the Well Log Data Viewer and dependencies other than MapWindow Files are installed to C Program Files MapWindow Plugins mw Well Viewer Files Included AxInterop PESGOALib dll Wrapper for Gigasoft ProEssentials control AxInterop PESGOALib dll NET Wrapper for Gigasoft ProEssentials control Interop PEGOALib dll NET Wrapper for Gigasoft ProEssentials control Interop PESGOALib dll NET Wrapper for Gigasoft ProEssentials control mwWellViewer dll Well Log Viewer Plugin for MapWindow Crystal Reports 8 5 Runtime Components CrystalReports85 msm This merge module is produced and distributed by Business Objects Inc This provides the core redistributable components needed by software using Crystal Reports 18 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 Crystal Reports NET Data Access Crystal Database Access2003 msm This merge module is produced and distributed by Business Objects Inc This provides the redistributables to allow Crystal Reports to connect to and use a Microsoft Access database Crystal Reports NET English Crystal Database Access2003 enu msm This merge module is produced and dist
294. wer Editor plug in frmEditDistribution vb Displays the form that allows the user to Edit the selected Fish frmEditDistribution resx Distribution value frmEditPeriodicity vb Displays the form that allows the user to Edit the selected frmEditPeriodicity resx Periodicity value frmPeriodicity vb Displays the Periodicity Viewer Editor form This form contains the frmPeriodicity resx table that displays the Periodicity and Fish Distribution data contained in the associated database You show this form by selecting the periodicity icon from the Map Window toolbar frmRDESelect vb Displays the form that allows the user to select which types of data frmRDESelect resx Periodicity and or Fish Distribution to either Restore Defaults for or to Export save print or copy frmSelectLayer vb Displays the form to select the point shapefile associated with the frmSelectLayer resx Periodicity Viewer Editor plug in It allows the user to either select a shapefile already loaded into Map Window or to select one from disk ImageConverter vb Contains a class that implements functions that allows you to convert images to and from an IPictureDisp object This is needed so that the VBCompatibility dll does not need to be referenced This class allows the periodicity image SS to be associated with the points on the associated shapefile modColorDefinitions vb This module contains the color definitions used
295. y I set the startPosition to be centerScreen Of course all of these details are up to you and depend a great deal on your needs Figure 6 Completed parameters page layout The only tasks for the parameters page dialog are to validate the inputs and make them accessible from the model I will write a validate routine that makes sure the text entered is numeric One important thing to note is that a layout can be locked and password protected so that the values 125 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 on the parameter pages cannot be modified The model manager passes a Boolean parameter in ShowDialog called Locked If this value is true the model writer should make sure that his her parameters can be viewed but not changed The Weight Validating Method handles the validation for both of the text boxes Private Sub Weight Validating ByVal sender As Object ByVal As System ComponentModel CancelEventArgs _ Handles txtWeightl Validating txtWeight2 Validating Make sure to catch all exceptions Try Cast the sender to a text box object If this fails an exception will be thrown Dim txt As System Windows Forms TextBox txt CType sender System Windows Forms TextBox If IsNumeric txt Text False Then Setting cancel true makes sure that the user cannot leave until the problem is fixed Cancel Tru Just to be nice we will select all text to help the user see
296. y errors the compiler will notify you Basic model properties Now is a good time to go through the Author BuildDate Description Name Revision Notes and Version properties returning the values you wish the user to see on the Model Properties dialog in the Model Manager 122 2960 2961 2962 2063 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 297 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 The ModelType property determines which toolbox your model will be dropped in This property has very little effect on how the model is treated but it does help to organize models by function If your model simply changes data into a format that can be recognized by another model then it should be called a Filter If your model modifies data but does not do any real analysis on the data then it should be a Data Editor These categories are not enforced in any way so it is really up to you to decide how you wish your model to be classified Along with the ModelType you can also define a custom icon to override the default icon used in the Toolbox and Layout This property will accept every standard image type used in Visual Studio The supported image types are Icon Bitmap and StdPicture The model manager resizes the icon to make it the same size as all the other icons in the Toolbox and on the Layout
297. yEstablished Boolean Proposed Boolean DateLegal Date Time 8 DateProposed Date Time 8 LocallyModified Boolean Locally modified or created 202 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 recordnumber Numeric 4 Yes Yes LegalJan Numeric No No LegalFeb Numeric 8 No No LegalMar Numeric 8 No No LegalApr Numeric 8 LegalMay Numeric 8 LegalJune Numeric 8 No No LegalJuly Numeric 8 No No LegalAug Numeric 8 No No LegalSep Numeric 8 No No LegalOct Numeric 8 LegalNov Numeric 8 LegalDec Numeric 8 ProposedJan Numeric 8 ProposedFeb Numeric 8 Numeric 8 No No ProposedApr Numeric 8 No No ProposedMay Numeric ProposedJun Numeric 8 ProposedJul Numeric 8 No No ProposedAug Numeric 8 ProposedSep Numeric 8 ProposedOct Numeric 8 ProposedNov Numeric 8 No No ProposedDec Numeric B Table LayerData DataTags Description Contains the layer tags from the project file for those layers which are used to extract data the DataLayer field contains a textual description such as Water Quality Sampling Sites that the plug in is looking for TAG is the project file tag of the corresponding layer Field Type Size Key Field Primary Key Comments DataLayer Text 0 Yes Yes TAG

Technical Documentation Template

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents